|
| | 102ND GENERAL ASSEMBLY
State of Illinois
2021 and 2022 SB4056 Introduced 1/21/2022, by Sen. Christopher Belt SYNOPSIS AS INTRODUCED: |
| |
Amends Public Act 102-466 to change the effective date of certain provisions. Amends the School Code. Makes changes concerning State Board of Education reporting, references to the Certification of Teachers Article and certification, reporting attacks on school personnel, the Annual State Report on Special Education Performance, the High-Cost Special Education Funding Commission, the evidence-based funding formula, a part-time provisional career and technical educator endorsement or a provisional career and technical educator endorsement on an educator license with stipulations, the heroin and opioid drug prevention pilot program, the Emotional Intelligence and Social and Emotional Learning Task Force, and the limitation on noninstructional costs in the Chicago school district. Repeals provisions concerning the Downstate School Finance Authority for Elementary Districts Law, an alternative education program audit adjustment prohibition, high-skilled manufacturing teaching resources, entrepreneurial skills teaching resources, a job training program prohibition, the Giant Steps Autism Center for Excellence pilot program, fast growth grants, and the Alternative Route to Administrative Certification for National Board Certified Teachers. Amends the School Safety Drill Act. Adds a charter school authorized by the State Board of Education and a special education cooperative to the definition of "school" and requires a charter school to have threat assessment procedures. Amends the Property Tax Code, Illinois Pension Code, and Illinois Educational Labor Relations Act to make related changes. Amends the College and Career Success for All Students Act to make a technical change. Effective immediately.
|
| |
| | | STATE MANDATES ACT MAY REQUIRE REIMBURSEMENT MAY APPLY
| |
| | A BILL FOR |
|
|
| | SB4056 | | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | AN ACT concerning education.
|
2 | | Be it enacted by the People of the State of Illinois,
|
3 | | represented in the General Assembly:
|
4 | | Section 5. "An Act concerning education", approved August |
5 | | 20, 2021, Public Act 102-466, is amended by changing Section |
6 | | 99 as follows: |
7 | | (P.A. 102-466, Sec. 99)
|
8 | | Sec. 99. Effective date. This Section and the provisions |
9 | | adding Section 26A-15 of the School Code take effect on July 1, |
10 | | 2022. The remainder of this This Act takes effect July 1, 2025.
|
11 | | (Source: P.A. 102-466, eff. 7-1-25.) |
12 | | Section 10. The Property Tax Code is amended by changing |
13 | | Sections 18-50.1 and 18-241 as follows:
|
14 | | (35 ILCS 200/18-50.1)
|
15 | | Sec. 18-50.1. School Finance Authority and Financial |
16 | | Oversight Panel levies.
|
17 | | (a) (Blank). Notwithstanding any other law to the |
18 | | contrary, any
levy adopted by a School Finance Authority |
19 | | created under Article 1F of
the School Code is valid and shall |
20 | | be extended by the county clerk if it is
certified to the |
21 | | county clerk by the Authority in sufficient time to allow
the |
|
| | SB4056 | - 2 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | county clerk to include the levy in the extension for the |
2 | | taxable year.
|
3 | | (b) Notwithstanding any other law to the contrary, any |
4 | | levy adopted by a Financial Oversight Panel created under |
5 | | Article 1H of the School Code and levied pursuant to Section |
6 | | 1H-75 of the School Code is valid and shall be extended by the |
7 | | county clerk if it is certified to the county clerk by the |
8 | | Panel in sufficient time to allow the county clerk to include |
9 | | the levy in the extension for the taxable year. |
10 | | (Source: P.A. 97-429, eff. 8-16-11.)
|
11 | | (35 ILCS 200/18-241)
|
12 | | Sec. 18-241. School Finance Authority and Financial |
13 | | Oversight Panel.
|
14 | | (a) A School Finance Authority established under Article |
15 | | 1E or 1F of
the School Code shall not be a taxing district for |
16 | | purposes of this Law. A Financial Oversight Panel established |
17 | | under Article 1H of the School Code shall not be a taxing |
18 | | district for purposes of this Law.
|
19 | | (b) This Law shall not apply to the extension of taxes for |
20 | | a
school district for the levy year in which a School Finance
|
21 | | Authority for the district is created pursuant to Article 1E |
22 | | or 1F of the
School Code. This Law shall not apply to the |
23 | | extension of taxes for the purpose of repaying an emergency |
24 | | financial assistance loan levied pursuant to Section 1H-65 of |
25 | | the School Code.
|
|
| | SB4056 | - 3 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | (Source: P.A. 97-429, eff. 8-16-11.)
|
2 | | Section 15. The Illinois Pension Code is amended by |
3 | | changing Section 17-130 as follows:
|
4 | | (40 ILCS 5/17-130) (from Ch. 108 1/2, par. 17-130)
|
5 | | Sec. 17-130. Participants' contributions by payroll |
6 | | deductions.
|
7 | | (a) There shall be deducted from the salary of each |
8 | | teacher 7.50% of his salary for service or disability |
9 | | retirement pension and
0.5% of salary for the annual increase |
10 | | in base pension.
|
11 | | In addition, there shall be deducted from the salary of |
12 | | each teacher
1% of his salary for survivors' and children's |
13 | | pensions.
|
14 | | (b) An Employer and any employer of eligible contributors |
15 | | as defined in
Section 17-106 is authorized to make the |
16 | | necessary deductions from the salaries
of its teachers. Such |
17 | | amounts shall be included as a part of the Fund. An
Employer |
18 | | and any employer of eligible contributors as defined in |
19 | | Section 17-106
shall formulate such rules and regulations as |
20 | | may be necessary to give effect
to the provisions of this |
21 | | Section.
|
22 | | (c) All persons employed as teachers shall, by such |
23 | | employment,
accept the provisions of this Article and of |
24 | | Sections 34-83.1 34-83 to 34-85,
inclusive, of the School Code |
|
| | SB4056 | - 4 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | "The School Code", approved March 18, 1961, as amended,
and |
2 | | thereupon become contributors to the Fund in accordance with |
3 | | the
terms thereof. The provisions of this Article and of those |
4 | | Sections
shall become a part of the contract of employment.
|
5 | | (d) A person who (i) was a member before July 1, 1998, (ii) |
6 | | retires with
more than 34 years of creditable service, and |
7 | | (iii) does not elect to qualify
for the augmented rate under |
8 | | Section 17-119.1 shall be entitled, at the time of
retirement, |
9 | | to receive a partial refund of contributions made under this
|
10 | | Section for service occurring after the later of June 30, 1998 |
11 | | or attainment of
34 years of creditable service, in an amount |
12 | | equal to 1.00% of the salary upon
which those contributions |
13 | | were based.
|
14 | | (Source: P.A. 97-8, eff. 6-13-11.)
|
15 | | Section 20. The School Code is amended by changing |
16 | | Sections 1A-4, 1B-6, 1B-7.10, 1B-8, 1E-35, 1E-40, 1H-30, |
17 | | 2-3.9, 2-3.11d, 2-3.25i, 2-3.103, 2-3.146, 10-21.7, 10-21.9, |
18 | | 10-22.18, 10-22.23, 10-22.23a, 10-22.24a, 10-22.34, 10-22.34a, |
19 | | 10-22.34b, 10-29, 13B-25.20, 13B-65, 13B-65.5, 14-1.09b, |
20 | | 14-1.09.1, 14-1.09.2, 14-6.04, 14-7.05, 14-8.02d, 14-9.01, |
21 | | 14-17, 18-8.15, 21B-20, 22-81, 27-23.12, 34-1.1, 34-2.3, |
22 | | 34-2.4a, 34-8.1, 34-18, 34-18.5, 34-18.10, and 34-43.1 as |
23 | | follows:
|
24 | | (105 ILCS 5/1A-4) (from Ch. 122, par. 1A-4)
|
|
| | SB4056 | - 5 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | Sec. 1A-4. Powers and duties of the Board.
|
2 | | A. (Blank).
|
3 | | B. The Board shall determine the qualifications of and |
4 | | appoint a
chief education officer, to be known as the State |
5 | | Superintendent of
Education, who may be proposed by the |
6 | | Governor and who shall serve at the pleasure of the Board and |
7 | | pursuant to a
performance-based contract linked to statewide |
8 | | student performance and academic
improvement within Illinois |
9 | | schools. Upon expiration or buyout of the contract of the |
10 | | State Superintendent of Education in office on the effective |
11 | | date of this amendatory Act of the 93rd General Assembly, a |
12 | | State Superintendent of Education shall be appointed by a |
13 | | State Board of Education that includes the 7 new Board members |
14 | | who were appointed to fill seats of members whose terms were |
15 | | terminated on the effective date of this amendatory Act of the |
16 | | 93rd General Assembly. Thereafter, a State Superintendent of |
17 | | Education must, at a minimum, be appointed at the beginning of |
18 | | each term of a Governor after that Governor has made |
19 | | appointments to the Board. A performance-based
contract issued |
20 | | for the employment of a State Superintendent of
Education |
21 | | entered into on or after the effective date of this amendatory |
22 | | Act of the 93rd General Assembly must expire no later than |
23 | | February 1, 2007, and subsequent contracts must expire no |
24 | | later than February 1 each 4 years thereafter. No contract
|
25 | | shall be
extended or renewed beyond February 1, 2007 and |
26 | | February 1 each 4 years thereafter, but a State Superintendent |
|
| | SB4056 | - 6 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | of Education shall serve until his or her successor is |
2 | | appointed. Each contract entered into on or before January 8, |
3 | | 2007 with a State Superintendent of Education must provide |
4 | | that the State Board of Education may terminate the contract |
5 | | for cause, and the State Board of Education shall not |
6 | | thereafter be liable for further payments under the contract. |
7 | | With regard to this amendatory Act of the 93rd General |
8 | | Assembly, it is the intent of the General Assembly that, |
9 | | beginning with the Governor who takes office on the second |
10 | | Monday of January, 2007, a State Superintendent of Education |
11 | | be appointed at the beginning of each term of a Governor after |
12 | | that Governor has made appointments to the Board. The State
|
13 | | Superintendent of Education shall not serve as a member of the |
14 | | State
Board of Education. The Board shall set the compensation |
15 | | of the State
Superintendent of Education who shall serve as |
16 | | the Board's chief
executive officer. The Board shall also |
17 | | establish the duties, powers and
responsibilities of the State |
18 | | Superintendent, which shall be included in the
State |
19 | | Superintendent's performance-based contract along with the |
20 | | goals and
indicators of student performance and academic |
21 | | improvement used to measure the
performance and effectiveness |
22 | | of the State Superintendent.
The State Board of Education may |
23 | | delegate
to the State Superintendent of Education the |
24 | | authority to act on the Board's
behalf, provided such |
25 | | delegation is made pursuant to adopted board policy
or the |
26 | | powers delegated are ministerial in nature. The State Board |
|
| | SB4056 | - 7 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | may
not delegate authority under this Section to the State |
2 | | Superintendent to
(1) nonrecognize school districts, (2) |
3 | | withhold State payments as a penalty,
or (3) make final |
4 | | decisions under the contested case provisions of the Illinois
|
5 | | Administrative Procedure Act unless otherwise provided by law.
|
6 | | C. The powers and duties of the State Board of Education |
7 | | shall encompass all
duties delegated to the Office of |
8 | | Superintendent of Public Instruction on
January 12, 1975, |
9 | | except as the law providing for such powers and duties is
|
10 | | thereafter amended, and such other powers and duties as the |
11 | | General Assembly
shall designate. The Board shall be |
12 | | responsible for the educational policies
and guidelines for |
13 | | public schools, pre-school through grade
12 and Vocational |
14 | | Education in the State of Illinois. The Board shall
analyze |
15 | | the present and future aims, needs, and requirements of
|
16 | | education in the State of Illinois and recommend to the |
17 | | General Assembly
the powers which should be exercised by the |
18 | | Board. The Board shall
recommend the passage and the |
19 | | legislation necessary to determine the
appropriate |
20 | | relationship between the Board and local boards of education
|
21 | | and the various State agencies and shall recommend desirable
|
22 | | modifications in the laws which affect schools.
|
23 | | D. Two members of the Board shall be appointed by the |
24 | | chairperson
to serve on a standing joint Education Committee, |
25 | | 2 others shall be
appointed from the Board of Higher |
26 | | Education, 2
others shall be appointed by the chairperson of |
|
| | SB4056 | - 8 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | the
Illinois Community College Board, and 2 others shall be |
2 | | appointed by the
chairperson of the Human Resource Investment |
3 | | Council. The
Committee shall be
responsible for making |
4 | | recommendations concerning the submission of any
workforce |
5 | | development plan or workforce training program required by |
6 | | federal
law or under any block grant authority. The Committee |
7 | | will be
responsible for developing policy on matters of mutual |
8 | | concern to
elementary, secondary and higher education such as |
9 | | Occupational and
Career Education, Teacher Preparation and |
10 | | Licensure Certification , Educational
Finance, Articulation |
11 | | between Elementary, Secondary and Higher Education
and |
12 | | Research and Planning. The joint Education Committee shall |
13 | | meet at
least quarterly and submit an annual report of its |
14 | | findings,
conclusions, and recommendations to the State Board |
15 | | of Education, the Board of
Higher Education, the Illinois |
16 | | Community College Board,
the Human Resource Investment |
17 | | Council, the Governor, and the
General
Assembly. All meetings |
18 | | of this Committee shall be official meetings for
reimbursement |
19 | | under this Act. On the effective date of this amendatory Act of |
20 | | the 95th General Assembly, the Joint Education Committee is |
21 | | abolished.
|
22 | | E. Five members of the Board shall constitute a quorum. A
|
23 | | majority
vote of the members appointed, confirmed and serving |
24 | | on the Board is
required to approve any action, except that the |
25 | | 7 new Board members who were appointed to fill seats of members |
26 | | whose terms were terminated on the effective date of this |
|
| | SB4056 | - 9 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | amendatory act of the 93rd General Assembly may vote to |
2 | | approve actions when appointed and serving.
|
3 | | Using the most recently available data, the Board shall |
4 | | prepare and submit to the General Assembly and the
Governor on |
5 | | or before January 14, 1976 and annually thereafter a report
or |
6 | | reports of its findings and recommendations. Such annual |
7 | | report shall
contain a separate section which provides a |
8 | | critique and analysis of the
status of education in Illinois |
9 | | and which identifies its specific problems
and recommends |
10 | | express solutions therefor.
Such annual report also shall |
11 | | contain the following information for the
preceding year |
12 | | ending on June 30: each act or omission of a school district
of |
13 | | which the State Board of Education has knowledge as a |
14 | | consequence of
scheduled, approved visits and which |
15 | | constituted a
failure by the district to comply with |
16 | | applicable State or federal laws or
regulations relating to |
17 | | public education, the name of such district, the date
or dates |
18 | | on which the State Board of Education notified the school |
19 | | district of
such act or omission, and what action, if any, the |
20 | | school district took with
respect thereto after being notified |
21 | | thereof by the State Board of Education.
The report shall also |
22 | | include the statewide high school dropout rate by
grade level, |
23 | | sex and race and the annual student dropout rate of and the
|
24 | | number of students who graduate from, transfer from or |
25 | | otherwise leave
bilingual programs. The Auditor General shall |
26 | | annually perform a
compliance audit of the State Board of |
|
| | SB4056 | - 10 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | Education's performance of the
reporting duty imposed by this |
2 | | amendatory Act of 1986. A regular system of
communication with |
3 | | other directly related State agencies shall be
implemented.
|
4 | | The requirement for reporting to the General Assembly |
5 | | shall be satisfied
by filing copies of the report with the |
6 | | Speaker, the Minority Leader and
the Clerk of the House of |
7 | | Representatives and the President, the Minority
Leader and the |
8 | | Secretary of the Senate and the Legislative Council, as |
9 | | required
by Section 3.1 of the General
Assembly Organization |
10 | | Act, and
filing such additional
copies with the State |
11 | | Government Report Distribution Center for the General
Assembly |
12 | | as is required under paragraph (t) of Section 7 of the State |
13 | | Library
Act.
|
14 | | F. Upon appointment of the 7 new Board members who were |
15 | | appointed to fill seats of members whose terms were terminated |
16 | | on the effective date of this amendatory Act of the 93rd |
17 | | General Assembly, the Board shall review all of its current |
18 | | rules in an effort to streamline procedures, improve |
19 | | efficiency, and eliminate unnecessary forms and paperwork.
|
20 | | (Source: P.A. 95-626, eff. 6-1-08; 95-793, eff. 1-1-09.)
|
21 | | (105 ILCS 5/1B-6) (from Ch. 122, par. 1B-6)
|
22 | | Sec. 1B-6. General powers. The purpose of the Financial |
23 | | Oversight Panel
shall be to exercise financial control over |
24 | | the board of education, and, when
approved by the State Board |
25 | | and the State Superintendent of Education, to
furnish |
|
| | SB4056 | - 11 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | financial assistance so that the board can provide public |
2 | | education
within the board's jurisdiction while permitting the |
3 | | board to meet its
obligations to its creditors and the holders |
4 | | of its notes and bonds.
Except as expressly limited by this |
5 | | Article, the Panel shall have all
powers necessary to meet its |
6 | | responsibilities and to carry out its purposes
and the |
7 | | purposes of this Article, including, but not limited to, the |
8 | | following
powers:
|
9 | | (a) to sue and be sued;
|
10 | | (b) to provide for its organization and internal
|
11 | | management;
|
12 | | (c) to appoint a Financial Administrator to serve as
|
13 | | the chief executive officer of the Panel. The Financial
|
14 | | Administrator may be an individual, partnership,
|
15 | | corporation, including an accounting firm, or other entity
|
16 | | determined by the Panel to be qualified to serve; and to
|
17 | | appoint other officers, agents, and employees of the |
18 | | Panel,
define their duties and qualifications and fix |
19 | | their
compensation and employee benefits;
|
20 | | (d) to approve the local board of education |
21 | | appointments to the
positions of treasurer in a Class I |
22 | | county school unit and in each school
district which forms |
23 | | a part of a Class II county school unit but which no
longer |
24 | | is subject to the jurisdiction and authority of a township |
25 | | treasurer
or trustees of schools of a township because the |
26 | | district has withdrawn
from the jurisdiction and authority |
|
| | SB4056 | - 12 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | of the township treasurer and the
trustees of schools of |
2 | | the township or because those offices have been
abolished |
3 | | as provided in subsection (b) or (c) of Section 5-1,
and |
4 | | chief school business official, if such official is not |
5 | | the
superintendent of the district. Either the board or |
6 | | the Panel may remove
such treasurer or chief school |
7 | | business official;
|
8 | | (e) to approve any and all bonds, notes, teachers
|
9 | | orders, tax anticipation warrants, and other evidences of
|
10 | | indebtedness prior to issuance or sale by the school
|
11 | | district; and notwithstanding any other provision of The |
12 | | School Code, as
now or hereafter amended, no bonds, notes, |
13 | | teachers orders, tax
anticipation warrants or other |
14 | | evidences of indebtedness shall be issued or
sold by the |
15 | | school district or be legally binding upon or enforceable
|
16 | | against the local board of education unless and until the |
17 | | approval of the
Panel has been received;
|
18 | | (f) to approve all property tax levies of the school
|
19 | | district and require adjustments thereto as the Panel |
20 | | deems
necessary or advisable;
|
21 | | (g) to require and approve a school district financial |
22 | | plan;
|
23 | | (h) to approve and require revisions of the school |
24 | | district budget;
|
25 | | (i) to approve all contracts and other obligations as
|
26 | | the Panel deems necessary and appropriate;
|
|
| | SB4056 | - 13 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | (j) to authorize emergency State financial assistance,
|
2 | | including requirements regarding the terms and conditions |
3 | | of
repayment of such assistance, and to require the board |
4 | | of
education to levy a separate local property tax, |
5 | | subject to
the limitations of Section 1B-8, sufficient to |
6 | | repay such
assistance consistent with the terms and |
7 | | conditions of
repayment and the district's approved |
8 | | financial plan and
budget;
|
9 | | (k) to request the regional superintendent to make |
10 | | appointments to
fill all vacancies on the local school |
11 | | board as provided in Section 10-10;
|
12 | | (l) to recommend dissolution or reorganization of the |
13 | | school district
to the General Assembly if in the Panel's |
14 | | judgment the
circumstances so require;
|
15 | | (m) to direct a phased reduction in the oversight |
16 | | responsibilities of
the Financial Administrator and of the |
17 | | Panel as the circumstances permit;
|
18 | | (n) to determine the amount of emergency State
|
19 | | financial assistance to be made available to the school
|
20 | | district, and to establish an operating budget for the |
21 | | Panel
to be supported by funds available from such |
22 | | assistance,
with the assistance and the budget required to |
23 | | be approved
by the State Superintendent;
|
24 | | (o) to procure insurance against any loss in such
|
25 | | amounts and from such insurers as it deems necessary;
|
26 | | (p) to engage the services of consultants for
|
|
| | SB4056 | - 14 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | rendering professional and technical assistance and advice
|
2 | | on matters within the Panel's power;
|
3 | | (q) to contract for and to accept any gifts, grants or
|
4 | | loans of funds or property or financial or other aid in any
|
5 | | form from the federal government, State government, unit |
6 | | of
local government, school district or any agency or
|
7 | | instrumentality thereof, or from any other private or |
8 | | public
source, and to comply with the terms and conditions |
9 | | thereof;
|
10 | | (r) to pay the expenses of its operations based on the
|
11 | | Panel's budget as approved by the State Superintendent |
12 | | from
emergency financial assistance funds available to the
|
13 | | district or from deductions from the district's general |
14 | | State aid or evidence-based funding;
|
15 | | (s) to do any and all things necessary or convenient
|
16 | | to carry out its purposes and exercise the powers given to
|
17 | | the Panel by this Article; and
|
18 | | (t) (blank). to recommend the creation of a school |
19 | | finance authority
pursuant to Article 1F of this Code.
|
20 | | (Source: P.A. 100-465, eff. 8-31-17.)
|
21 | | (105 ILCS 5/1B-7.10) |
22 | | Sec. 1B-7.10. Hiring of a chief fiscal officer. |
23 | | (a) In lieu of a Financial Oversight Panel Financial |
24 | | Administrator under Section 1B-7 of this Code, a school |
25 | | district under the authority of a Financial Oversight Panel, |
|
| | SB4056 | - 15 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | after consultation with the Financial Oversight Panel, may |
2 | | appoint a chief fiscal officer who, under the direction of the |
3 | | school board and Financial Oversight Panel, shall have the |
4 | | powers and duties of the district's chief school business |
5 | | official and any other duties regarding budgeting, accounting, |
6 | | and other financial matters that are assigned by the school |
7 | | board or Financial Oversight Panel in accordance with this |
8 | | Code. The district may not employ a chief school business |
9 | | official during the period that the chief fiscal officer is |
10 | | serving in the district. The chief fiscal officer may but is |
11 | | not required to hold an educator license a certificate with a |
12 | | chief school business official endorsement issued under |
13 | | Article 21B 21 of this Code. |
14 | | (b) The Financial Oversight Panel shall have the final |
15 | | approval of the chief fiscal officer position under this |
16 | | Section as well as the person, based upon his or her skills to |
17 | | fulfill the position.
|
18 | | (Source: P.A. 96-401, eff. 8-13-09.)
|
19 | | (105 ILCS 5/1B-8) (from Ch. 122, par. 1B-8)
|
20 | | Sec. 1B-8. There is created in the State Treasury a
|
21 | | special fund to be known as the School District Emergency
|
22 | | Financial Assistance Fund (the "Fund"). The School District |
23 | | Emergency
Financial Assistance Fund shall consist of |
24 | | appropriations, loan repayments, grants from the
federal |
25 | | government, and donations from any public or private source. |
|
| | SB4056 | - 16 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | Moneys in
the Fund
may be appropriated only to the Illinois |
2 | | Finance Authority and
the State Board for
those purposes |
3 | | authorized under this Article and Article Articles
1F and 1H |
4 | | of this Code.
The appropriation may be
allocated and expended |
5 | | by the State Board for contractual services to provide |
6 | | technical assistance or consultation to school districts to |
7 | | assess their financial condition and to Financial Oversight |
8 | | Panels that petition for emergency financial assistance |
9 | | grants. The Illinois Finance Authority may provide
loans to |
10 | | school districts which are the subject of an
approved petition |
11 | | for emergency financial assistance under
Section 1B-4 ,
1F-62, |
12 | | or 1H-65 of this Code. Neither the State Board of Education nor |
13 | | the Illinois Finance Authority may collect any fees for |
14 | | providing these services. |
15 | | From the amount allocated to each such school
district |
16 | | under this Article the State Board shall identify a sum |
17 | | sufficient to
cover all approved costs of the Financial |
18 | | Oversight Panel
established for the respective school |
19 | | district. If the State Board and State
Superintendent of |
20 | | Education have not approved emergency financial assistance in
|
21 | | conjunction with the appointment of a Financial Oversight |
22 | | Panel, the Panel's
approved costs shall be paid from |
23 | | deductions from the district's general State
aid or |
24 | | evidence-based funding.
|
25 | | The Financial Oversight Panel may prepare and file
with |
26 | | the State Superintendent a proposal for emergency
financial |
|
| | SB4056 | - 17 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | assistance for the school district and for its
operations |
2 | | budget. No expenditures from the Fund shall be
authorized by |
3 | | the State Superintendent until he or she has approved
the |
4 | | request of the Panel, either as submitted or in such
lesser |
5 | | amount determined by the State Superintendent.
|
6 | | The maximum amount of an emergency financial assistance |
7 | | loan
which may be allocated to any school district under this
|
8 | | Article, including moneys necessary for the operations of
the |
9 | | Panel, shall not exceed $4,000 times the number of pupils
|
10 | | enrolled in the school district during the school year
ending |
11 | | June 30 prior to the date of approval by the State
Board of the |
12 | | petition for emergency financial assistance, as
certified to |
13 | | the local board and the Panel by the State
Superintendent.
An |
14 | | emergency financial assistance grant shall not exceed $1,000 |
15 | | times the
number of such pupils. A district may receive both a |
16 | | loan and a grant.
|
17 | | The payment of an emergency State financial assistance |
18 | | grant or loan
shall be subject to appropriation by the General |
19 | | Assembly. Payment of the emergency State financial assistance |
20 | | loan is subject to the applicable provisions of the Illinois |
21 | | Finance Authority Act.
Emergency State financial assistance |
22 | | allocated and paid to a school
district under this Article may |
23 | | be applied to any fund or funds from which
the local board of |
24 | | education of that district is authorized to make
expenditures |
25 | | by law.
|
26 | | Any emergency financial assistance grant proposed by the
|
|
| | SB4056 | - 18 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | Financial Oversight Panel and approved by the State
|
2 | | Superintendent may be paid in its entirety during the
initial |
3 | | year of the Panel's existence or spread in equal or
declining |
4 | | amounts over a period of years not to exceed the
period of the |
5 | | Panel's existence. An emergency financial assistance loan |
6 | | proposed by the Financial Oversight Panel and approved by the |
7 | | Illinois Finance Authority may be paid in its entirety during |
8 | | the initial year of the Panel's existence or spread in equal or |
9 | | declining amounts over a period of years not to exceed the |
10 | | period of the Panel's existence. All
loans made by the |
11 | | Illinois Finance Authority for a
school district shall be |
12 | | required to be repaid, with simple interest over
the term of |
13 | | the loan at a rate equal to 50% of the one-year Constant |
14 | | Maturity
Treasury (CMT) yield as last published by the Board |
15 | | of Governors of the Federal
Reserve System before the date on |
16 | | which the district's loan is
approved
by the Illinois Finance |
17 | | Authority, not later than the
date the
Financial Oversight |
18 | | Panel ceases to exist. The Panel shall
establish and the |
19 | | Illinois Finance Authority shall
approve the terms and |
20 | | conditions, including the schedule, of
repayments. The |
21 | | schedule shall provide for repayments
commencing July 1 of |
22 | | each year or upon each fiscal year's receipt of moneys from a |
23 | | tax levy for emergency financial assistance. Repayment shall |
24 | | be incorporated into the
annual budget of the school district |
25 | | and may be made from any fund or funds
of the district in which |
26 | | there are moneys available. An emergency financial assistance |
|
| | SB4056 | - 19 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | loan to the Panel or district shall not be considered part of |
2 | | the calculation of a district's debt for purposes of the |
3 | | limitation specified in Section 19-1 of this Code. Default on |
4 | | repayment is subject to the Illinois Grant Funds Recovery Act. |
5 | | When moneys are repaid
as provided herein they shall not be |
6 | | made available to the local board for
further use as emergency |
7 | | financial assistance under this Article at any
time |
8 | | thereafter. All repayments required to be made by a school |
9 | | district
shall be received by the State Board and deposited in |
10 | | the School District
Emergency Financial Assistance Fund.
|
11 | | In establishing the terms and conditions for the
repayment |
12 | | obligation of the school district the Panel shall
annually |
13 | | determine whether a separate local property tax levy is
|
14 | | required. The board of any school district with a tax rate
for |
15 | | educational purposes for the prior year of less than
120% of |
16 | | the maximum rate for educational purposes authorized
by |
17 | | Section 17-2 shall provide for a separate
tax levy for |
18 | | emergency financial assistance repayment
purposes. Such tax |
19 | | levy shall not be subject to referendum approval. The
amount |
20 | | of the levy shall be equal to the
amount necessary to meet the |
21 | | annual repayment obligations of
the district as established by |
22 | | the Panel, or 20% of the
amount levied for educational |
23 | | purposes for the prior year,
whichever is less. However, no |
24 | | district shall be
required to levy the tax if the district's |
25 | | operating tax
rate as determined under Section
18-8, 18-8.05, |
26 | | or 18-8.15 exceeds 200% of the district's tax rate for |
|
| | SB4056 | - 20 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | educational
purposes for the prior year.
|
2 | | (Source: P.A. 100-465, eff. 8-31-17.)
|
3 | | (105 ILCS 5/1E-35)
|
4 | | (This Section scheduled to be repealed in accordance with |
5 | | 105 ILCS 5/1E-165) |
6 | | Sec. 1E-35. Chief educational officer. Upon expiration of |
7 | | the
contract of the school district's superintendent who is |
8 | | serving at the time the
Authority is established, the |
9 | | Authority shall, following consultation with the
district, |
10 | | employ a chief educational officer for the district.
The chief |
11 | | educational officer shall report to the Authority or the chief
|
12 | | executive officer appointed by the Authority.
|
13 | | The chief educational officer shall have authority to |
14 | | determine the agenda and order of business at school board |
15 | | meetings, as needed in order to carry forward and implement |
16 | | the objectives and priorities of the Authority in the |
17 | | administration and management of the district.
|
18 | | The chief educational officer shall have all of the powers |
19 | | and duties of a
school district superintendent under this Code |
20 | | and such other duties
as may be assigned by the Authority, in |
21 | | accordance with this Code. The district
shall not thereafter |
22 | | employ a
superintendent during the period that a chief |
23 | | educational officer is serving in
the district. The chief |
24 | | educational officer shall hold a Professional Educator License |
25 | | certificate with a
superintendent endorsement issued under |
|
| | SB4056 | - 21 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | Article 21B 21 of this Code.
|
2 | | (Source: P.A. 94-234, eff. 7-14-05 .)
|
3 | | (105 ILCS 5/1E-40)
|
4 | | (This Section scheduled to be repealed in accordance with |
5 | | 105 ILCS 5/1E-165) |
6 | | Sec. 1E-40. Chief fiscal officer. The Authority may |
7 | | appoint a chief
fiscal officer who, under the direction of the |
8 | | Authority, shall have all of
the powers and duties of the |
9 | | district's chief school business official and
any other duties |
10 | | regarding budgeting, accounting, and other financial
matters |
11 | | that are assigned by the Authority, in accordance with this |
12 | | Code.
The district may not employ a chief school business |
13 | | official during the
period that the chief fiscal officer is |
14 | | serving in the district. The chief
fiscal officer may but is |
15 | | not required to hold an educator license a certificate with a |
16 | | chief
school business official endorsement issued under |
17 | | Article 21B 21 of this
Code.
|
18 | | (Source: P.A. 92-547, eff. 6-13-02 .)
|
19 | | (105 ILCS 5/1H-30) |
20 | | Sec. 1H-30. Employees. The Panel may employ individuals |
21 | | under this Section if it is so warranted. These individuals |
22 | | may include any of the following: |
23 | | (1) A chief executive officer who shall supervise the |
24 | | Panel's staff, including the chief educational officer and |
|
| | SB4056 | - 22 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | the chief fiscal officer, and shall have ultimate |
2 | | responsibility for implementing the policies, procedures, |
3 | | directives, and decisions of the Panel. The chief |
4 | | executive officer shall have the authority to determine |
5 | | the agenda and order of business at school board meetings, |
6 | | as needed in order to carry forward and implement the |
7 | | objectives and priorities of the school board and |
8 | | Financial Oversight Panel in the administration and |
9 | | management of the district. This individual is not |
10 | | required to hold any license certificate issued under |
11 | | Article 21B 21 of this Code. The chief executive officer |
12 | | shall have the powers and duties as assigned by the Panel |
13 | | in accordance with this Code. |
14 | | (2) A chief educational officer, who may be employed |
15 | | by the Panel if there is no superintendent in the district |
16 | | or if the Panel, at a regular or special meeting, finds |
17 | | that cause exists to cancel the contract of the district's |
18 | | superintendent who is serving at the time the Panel is |
19 | | established. Cancellation of an existing superintendent |
20 | | contract may be done only pursuant to the same |
21 | | requirements and in the same manner as the school board |
22 | | may cancel the contract. A chief educational officer |
23 | | employed under this subdivision (2) shall have the powers |
24 | | and duties of a school district superintendent under this |
25 | | Code and such other duties as may be assigned by the Panel |
26 | | in accordance with this Code. |
|
| | SB4056 | - 23 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | (3) A chief fiscal officer, who may be employed by the |
2 | | Panel. This individual shall be under the direction of the |
3 | | Panel or the chief executive officer employed by the Panel |
4 | | and shall have all of the powers and duties of the |
5 | | district's chief school business official and any other |
6 | | duties regarding budgeting, accounting, and other |
7 | | financial matters that are assigned by the Panel, in |
8 | | accordance with this Code. |
9 | | (4) A superintendent, who shall be under the direction |
10 | | of the Panel or the chief executive officer employed by |
11 | | the Panel and shall have all of the powers and duties of a |
12 | | school district superintendent under this Code assigned by |
13 | | the Panel and such other duties as may be assigned by the |
14 | | Panel in accordance with this Code. |
15 | | (5) A chief school business official, who shall have |
16 | | all of the powers and duties of a chief school business |
17 | | official under this Code assigned by the Panel and such |
18 | | other duties as may be assigned by the Panel in accordance |
19 | | with this Code. |
20 | | An individual employed by the Panel as a superintendent or |
21 | | a chief school business official under this Section must hold |
22 | | the appropriate license certification for these positions. |
23 | | Individuals employed by the Panel as a chief executive |
24 | | officer, chief educational officer, or chief fiscal officer |
25 | | under this Section are not required to hold licensure |
26 | | certification . A chief educational officer under this Section |
|
| | SB4056 | - 24 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | must not be employed by the Panel during a period a |
2 | | superintendent is employed by the district and a chief fiscal |
3 | | officer under this Section must not be employed by the Panel |
4 | | during a period a chief school business official is employed |
5 | | by the district. |
6 | | Individuals employed under subdivision (2), (3), (4), or |
7 | | (5) of this Section shall report to the Panel or to the chief |
8 | | executive officer under this Section if there is one.
|
9 | | (Source: P.A. 97-429, eff. 8-16-11.)
|
10 | | (105 ILCS 5/2-3.9) (from Ch. 122, par. 2-3.9)
|
11 | | Sec. 2-3.9. Grant and suspend teachers' licenses |
12 | | certificates . Subject to the provisions of Article 21B 21 , to |
13 | | grant licenses certificates to such
teachers as may be found |
14 | | qualified to receive them and to suspend the
operation of any |
15 | | State license certificate for immorality or other |
16 | | unprofessional
conduct.
|
17 | | (Source: Laws 1961, p. 31.)
|
18 | | (105 ILCS 5/2-3.11d) |
19 | | Sec. 2-3.11d. Data on tests required for teacher |
20 | | preparation and licensure certification . To Beginning with the |
21 | | effective date of this amendatory Act of the 94th General |
22 | | Assembly, to collect and maintain all of the following data |
23 | | for each institution of higher education engaged in teacher |
24 | | preparation in this State: |
|
| | SB4056 | - 25 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | (1) (Blank). The number of individuals taking the test |
2 | | of basic skills under Section 21-1a of this Code. |
3 | | (2) (Blank). The number of individuals passing the |
4 | | test of basic skills under Section 21-1a of this Code. |
5 | | (3) The total number of content area subject-matter |
6 | | tests attempted under Section 21B-30 21-1a of this Code. |
7 | | (4) The total number of content area subject-matter |
8 | | tests passed under Section 21B-30 21-1a of this Code. |
9 | | The data regarding content-area subject-matter tests shall be |
10 | | reported in sum, rather than by separately listing each |
11 | | content area subject , in order to better protect the identity |
12 | | of the test-takers. |
13 | | On or before August 1, 2007, the State Board of Education |
14 | | shall file with the General Assembly and the Governor and |
15 | | shall make available to the public a report listing the |
16 | | institutions of higher education engaged in teacher |
17 | | preparation in this State, along with the data listed in items |
18 | | (1) and (2) of this Section pertinent to each institution. |
19 | | On or before October 1, 2012 and every 3 years thereafter, |
20 | | the State Board of Education shall file with the General |
21 | | Assembly and the Governor and shall make available to the |
22 | | public a report listing the institutions of higher education |
23 | | engaged in teacher preparation in this State, along with the |
24 | | data listed in items (1) through (4) of this Section pertinent |
25 | | to each institution.
|
26 | | (Source: P.A. 96-1423, eff. 8-3-10.)
|
|
| | SB4056 | - 26 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | (105 ILCS 5/2-3.25i) (from Ch. 122, par. 2-3.25i)
|
2 | | Sec. 2-3.25i. Rules. The State Board of Education shall |
3 | | promulgate
rules and regulations necessary to implement the |
4 | | provisions of Public Act
87-559 and this
amendatory Act of the |
5 | | 93rd General Assembly. The State Board of
Education may waive |
6 | | any of its
rules or regulations which conflict with Public Act |
7 | | 87-559 or this
amendatory Act of the 93rd General Assembly |
8 | | except those
requirements for special education and teacher |
9 | | licensure certification .
|
10 | | (Source: P.A. 93-470, eff. 8-8-03.)
|
11 | | (105 ILCS 5/2-3.103) (from Ch. 122, par. 2-3.103) |
12 | | Sec. 2-3.103. Salary and benefit survey. For each
school |
13 | | year commencing on or after January 1, 1992 , the State Board
of |
14 | | Education shall conduct, in each school district, a school |
15 | | district
salary and benefits survey covering the district's |
16 | | licensed certificated and
educational support personnel. |
17 | | However, the collection of information covering educational |
18 | | support personnel must be limited to districts with 1,000 or |
19 | | more students enrolled. |
20 | | A survey form shall be developed and furnished by the |
21 | | State Board of
Education to each school district on or before |
22 | | October 1 of
the school year covered by the survey, and each |
23 | | school district shall submit a completed
survey to the State |
24 | | Board of Education on or before February 1 of the school year |
|
| | SB4056 | - 27 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | covered by the survey. |
2 | | The State Board of Education shall compile, by April 30 of |
3 | | the school
year covered by the survey, a statewide salary and |
4 | | benefit survey report
based upon the surveys completed and |
5 | | submitted for that school year by
the individual school |
6 | | districts as required by this Section, and shall make
the |
7 | | survey report available to all school districts and to all |
8 | | "employee
organizations" as defined in Section 2 of the |
9 | | Illinois Educational Labor
Relations Act. |
10 | | The data required to be reported by each school district |
11 | | on the salary
and benefits survey developed and furnished |
12 | | under this Section for the
school year covered by the survey |
13 | | shall include, but shall not be limited
to, the following: |
14 | | (1) the district's estimated fall enrollment; |
15 | | (2) with respect to both its licensed certificated and |
16 | | educational support personnel employees: |
17 | | (A) whether the district has a salary schedule, |
18 | | salary policy but no
salary schedule, or no salary |
19 | | policy and no salary schedule; |
20 | | (B) when each such salary schedule or policy of |
21 | | the district was or will be adopted; |
22 | | (C) whether there is a negotiated agreement |
23 | | between the school board
and any teacher, educational |
24 | | support personnel or other employee
organization and, |
25 | | if so, the affiliation of the local of such |
26 | | organization,
together with the month and year of |
|
| | SB4056 | - 28 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | expiration of the negotiated agreement
and whether it |
2 | | contains a fair share provision; and if there is no |
3 | | such
negotiated agreement but the district does have a |
4 | | salary schedule or
policy, a brief explanation of the |
5 | | manner in which each such salary
schedule or policy |
6 | | was developed prior to its adoption by the school |
7 | | board,
including a statement of whether any meetings |
8 | | between the school board and
the superintendent |
9 | | leading up to adoption of the salary schedule or |
10 | | policy
were based upon, or were conducted without any |
11 | | discussions between the
superintendent and the |
12 | | affected teachers, educational support personnel or
|
13 | | other employees; |
14 | | (D) whether the district's salary program, |
15 | | policies or provisions are
based upon merit or |
16 | | performance evaluation of individual teachers,
|
17 | | educational support personnel or other employees, and |
18 | | whether they include:
severance pay provisions; early |
19 | | retirement incentives; sick leave bank
provisions; |
20 | | sick leave accumulation provisions and, if so, to how |
21 | | many
days; personal, business or emergency leave with |
22 | | pay and, if so, the number
of days; or direct |
23 | | reimbursement in whole or in part for expenses, such |
24 | | as
tuition and materials, incurred in acquiring |
25 | | additional college credit; |
26 | | (E) whether school board paid or tax sheltered |
|
| | SB4056 | - 29 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | retirement contributions
are included in any existing |
2 | | salary schedule or policy of the school
district; what |
3 | | percent (if any) of the salary of each different |
4 | | licensed certified
and educational support personnel |
5 | | employee classification (using the
employee salary |
6 | | which reflects the highest regularly scheduled step in |
7 | | that
classification on the salary schedule or policy |
8 | | of the district) is school
board paid to an employee |
9 | | retirement system; the highest scheduled salary
and |
10 | | the level of education or training required to reach |
11 | | the highest
scheduled salary in each licensed |
12 | | certified and educational support personnel
employee |
13 | | classification; using annual salaries from the school |
14 | | board's
salary schedule or policy for each licensed |
15 | | certified and educational support
personnel employee |
16 | | classification (and excluding from such salaries items
|
17 | | of individual compensation resulting from |
18 | | extra-curricular duties,
employment beyond the regular |
19 | | school year and longevity service pay, but
including |
20 | | additional compensation such as grants and cost of |
21 | | living bonuses
that are received by all employees in a |
22 | | classification or by all employees
in a classification |
23 | | who are at the maximum experience level), the
|
24 | | beginning, maximum and specified intermediate salaries |
25 | | reported to an
employee retirement system (including |
26 | | school board paid or tax sheltered
retirement |
|
| | SB4056 | - 30 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | contributions, but excluding fringe benefits) for
each |
2 | | educational or training category within each licensed |
3 | | certified and educational
support personnel employee |
4 | | classification; and the completed years of
experience |
5 | | required to reach such maximum regularly scheduled and |
6 | | highest
scheduled salaries; |
7 | | (F) whether the school district provides longevity |
8 | | pay beyond the last
annual regular salary increase |
9 | | available under the district's salary
schedule or |
10 | | policy; and if so, the maximum earnings with longevity |
11 | | for each
educational or training category specified by |
12 | | the State Board of Education
in its survey form (based |
13 | | on salary reported to an employee's retirement
system, |
14 | | including school board paid and tax sheltered |
15 | | retirement
contributions, but excluding fringe |
16 | | benefits, and with maximum longevity
step numbers and |
17 | | completed years of experience computed as provided in
|
18 | | the survey form); |
19 | | (G) for each dental, disability, hospitalization, |
20 | | life, prescription or
vision insurance plan, cafeteria |
21 | | plan or other fringe benefit plan
sponsored by the |
22 | | school board: (i) a statement of whether such plan is
|
23 | | available to full time teachers or other licensed |
24 | | certificated personnel covered by
a district salary |
25 | | schedule or policy, whether such plan is available to
|
26 | | full time educational support personnel covered by a |
|
| | SB4056 | - 31 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | district salary
schedule or policy, and whether all |
2 | | full time employees to whom coverage
under such plan |
3 | | is available are entitled to receive the same benefits
|
4 | | under that plan; and (ii) the total annual cost of |
5 | | coverage under that plan
for a covered full time |
6 | | employee who is at the highest regularly
scheduled |
7 | | step on the salary schedule or policy of the district |
8 | | applicable
to such employee, the percent of that total |
9 | | annual cost paid by the
school board, the total annual |
10 | | cost of coverage under that plan for the
family of that |
11 | | employee, and the percent of that total annual cost |
12 | | for
family coverage paid by the school board. |
13 | | In addition, each school district shall provide to the |
14 | | State Board of Education, on or before February 1 of the school |
15 | | year covered by the survey, as required by
this Section, a copy |
16 | | of each salary schedule, salary policy , and negotiated
|
17 | | agreement which is identified or otherwise referred to in the |
18 | | completed survey form. |
19 | | (Source: P.A. 96-1423, eff. 8-3-10.) |
20 | | (105 ILCS 5/2-3.146)
|
21 | | Sec. 2-3.146. Severely overcrowded schools grant program. |
22 | | There is created a grant program, subject to appropriation, |
23 | | for severely overcrowded schools. The State Board of Education |
24 | | shall administer the program. Grant funds may be used for |
25 | | purposes of relieving overcrowding. In order for a school |
|
| | SB4056 | - 32 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | district to be eligible for a grant under this Section, (i) the |
2 | | main administrative office of the district must be located in |
3 | | a city of 85,000 or more in population, according to the 2000 |
4 | | U.S. Census, and (ii) the school district must have a |
5 | | district-wide percentage of low-income students of 70% or |
6 | | more, as identified by the 2005-2006 School Report Cards |
7 | | published by the State Board of Education , and (iii) the |
8 | | school district must not be eligible for a fast growth grant |
9 | | under Section 18-8.10 of this Code . The State Board of |
10 | | Education shall distribute the funds on a proportional basis |
11 | | with no single district receiving more than 75% of the funds in |
12 | | any given year. The State Board of Education may adopt rules as |
13 | | needed for the implementation and distribution of grants under |
14 | | this Section.
|
15 | | (Source: P.A. 95-707, eff. 1-11-08.)
|
16 | | (105 ILCS 5/10-21.7) (from Ch. 122, par. 10-21.7)
|
17 | | Sec. 10-21.7. Attacks on school personnel.
|
18 | | (a) In the Section, "school" means any public or private |
19 | | elementary or
secondary school.
|
20 | | (b) Upon receipt of a
written complaint from any school |
21 | | personnel, the school superintendent, or other
appropriate |
22 | | administrative officer for a private school, shall
report all |
23 | | incidents of battery committed against teachers, teacher
|
24 | | personnel, administrative personnel or educational support
|
25 | | personnel to the local law enforcement
authorities immediately |
|
| | SB4056 | - 33 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | after the occurrence of
the attack . Schools shall also report |
2 | | all of these incidents to the State Board of Education through |
3 | | existing school incident reporting systems as they occur |
4 | | during the year by no later than August 1 for the preceding |
5 | | school year. The State Board of Education shall report data by |
6 | | school district, as collected from school districts, in an |
7 | | annual report of attacks on school personnel and make it |
8 | | available to the public via its website. The local law |
9 | | enforcement authority shall, by March 1 of each year, report |
10 | | the required data from the previous year to the Illinois State |
11 | | Police's Illinois Uniform Crime Reporting Program.
and to the |
12 | | Illinois State Police's Illinois
Uniform Crime Reporting |
13 | | Program no later than 3 days after the
occurrence of the |
14 | | attack. The State Board of Education shall receive monthly
as |
15 | | well as annual statistical compilations of attacks on school |
16 | | personnel
from the Illinois State Police through the
Illinois |
17 | | Uniform Crime Reporting Program.
The State Board of Education |
18 | | shall compile this information by school
district and make it |
19 | | available to the public.
|
20 | | (Source: P.A. 102-538, eff. 8-20-21.)
|
21 | | (105 ILCS 5/10-21.9) (from Ch. 122, par. 10-21.9)
|
22 | | Sec. 10-21.9. Criminal history records checks and checks |
23 | | of the Statewide Sex Offender Database and Statewide Murderer |
24 | | and Violent Offender Against Youth Database.
|
25 | | (a) Licensed and nonlicensed applicants for employment |
|
| | SB4056 | - 34 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | with a school
district, except school bus driver applicants, |
2 | | are required as a condition
of employment to authorize a |
3 | | fingerprint-based criminal history records check to determine |
4 | | if such applicants have been convicted of any disqualifying, |
5 | | enumerated criminal or drug offenses in subsection (c) of this |
6 | | Section or
have been convicted, within 7 years of the |
7 | | application for employment with
the
school district, of any |
8 | | other felony under the laws of this State or of any
offense |
9 | | committed or attempted in any other state or against the laws |
10 | | of
the United States that, if committed or attempted in this |
11 | | State, would
have been punishable as a felony under the laws of |
12 | | this State.
Authorization for
the check shall be furnished by |
13 | | the applicant to
the school district, except that if the |
14 | | applicant is a substitute teacher
seeking employment in more |
15 | | than one school district, a teacher seeking
concurrent |
16 | | part-time employment positions with more than one school
|
17 | | district (as a reading specialist, special education teacher |
18 | | or otherwise),
or an educational support personnel employee |
19 | | seeking employment positions
with more than one district, any |
20 | | such district may require the applicant to
furnish |
21 | | authorization for
the check to the regional superintendent
of |
22 | | the educational service region in which are located the school |
23 | | districts
in which the applicant is seeking employment as a |
24 | | substitute or concurrent
part-time teacher or concurrent |
25 | | educational support personnel employee.
Upon receipt of this |
26 | | authorization, the school district or the appropriate
regional |
|
| | SB4056 | - 35 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | superintendent, as the case may be, shall submit the |
2 | | applicant's
name, sex, race, date of birth, social security |
3 | | number, fingerprint images, and other identifiers, as |
4 | | prescribed by the Illinois State Police, to the Illinois State |
5 | | Police. The regional
superintendent submitting the requisite |
6 | | information to the Illinois
State Police shall promptly notify |
7 | | the school districts in which the
applicant is seeking |
8 | | employment as a substitute or concurrent part-time
teacher or |
9 | | concurrent educational support personnel employee that
the
|
10 | | check of the applicant has been requested. The Illinois State |
11 | | Police and the Federal Bureau of Investigation shall furnish, |
12 | | pursuant to a fingerprint-based criminal history records |
13 | | check, records of convictions, forever and hereinafter, until |
14 | | expunged, to the president of the school board for the school |
15 | | district that requested the check, or to the regional |
16 | | superintendent who requested the check.
The Illinois State |
17 | | Police
shall charge
the school district
or the appropriate |
18 | | regional superintendent a fee for
conducting
such check, which |
19 | | fee shall be deposited in the State
Police Services Fund and |
20 | | shall not exceed the cost of
the inquiry; and the
applicant |
21 | | shall not be charged a fee for
such check by the school
|
22 | | district or by the regional superintendent, except that those |
23 | | applicants seeking employment as a substitute teacher with a |
24 | | school district may be charged a fee not to exceed the cost of |
25 | | the inquiry. Subject to appropriations for these purposes, the |
26 | | State Superintendent of Education shall reimburse school |
|
| | SB4056 | - 36 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | districts and regional superintendents for fees paid to obtain |
2 | | criminal history records checks under this Section.
|
3 | | (a-5) The school district or regional superintendent shall |
4 | | further perform a check of the Statewide Sex Offender |
5 | | Database, as authorized by the Sex Offender Community |
6 | | Notification Law, for each applicant. The check of the |
7 | | Statewide Sex Offender Database must be conducted by the |
8 | | school district or regional superintendent once for every 5 |
9 | | years that an applicant remains employed by the school |
10 | | district. |
11 | | (a-6) The school district or regional superintendent shall |
12 | | further perform a check of the Statewide Murderer and Violent |
13 | | Offender Against Youth Database, as authorized by the Murderer |
14 | | and Violent Offender Against Youth Community Notification Law, |
15 | | for each applicant. The check of the Murderer and Violent |
16 | | Offender Against Youth Database must be conducted by the |
17 | | school district or regional superintendent once for every 5 |
18 | | years that an applicant remains employed by the school |
19 | | district. |
20 | | (b)
Any information
concerning the record of convictions |
21 | | obtained by the president of the
school board or the regional |
22 | | superintendent shall be confidential and may
only be |
23 | | transmitted to the superintendent of the school district or |
24 | | his
designee, the appropriate regional superintendent if
the |
25 | | check was
requested by the school district, the presidents of |
26 | | the appropriate school
boards if
the check was requested from |
|
| | SB4056 | - 37 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | the Illinois State
Police by the regional superintendent, the |
2 | | State Board of Education and a school district as authorized |
3 | | under subsection (b-5), the State Superintendent of
Education, |
4 | | the State Educator Preparation and Licensure Board, any other |
5 | | person
necessary to the decision of hiring the applicant for |
6 | | employment, or for clarification purposes the Illinois State |
7 | | Police or Statewide Sex Offender Database, or both. A copy
of |
8 | | the record of convictions obtained from the Illinois State |
9 | | Police
shall be provided to the applicant for employment. Upon |
10 | | the check of the Statewide Sex Offender Database or Statewide |
11 | | Murderer and Violent Offender Against Youth Database, the |
12 | | school district or regional superintendent shall notify an |
13 | | applicant as to whether or not the applicant has been |
14 | | identified in the Database. If a check of
an applicant for |
15 | | employment as a substitute or concurrent part-time teacher
or |
16 | | concurrent educational support personnel employee in more than |
17 | | one
school district was requested by the regional |
18 | | superintendent, and the Illinois
State Police upon a check |
19 | | ascertains that the applicant
has not been convicted of any of |
20 | | the enumerated criminal or drug offenses
in subsection (c) of |
21 | | this Section
or has not been convicted, within 7 years of the
|
22 | | application for
employment with the
school district, of any |
23 | | other felony under the laws of this State or of any
offense |
24 | | committed or attempted in any other state or against the laws |
25 | | of
the United States that, if committed or attempted in this |
26 | | State, would
have been punishable as a felony under the laws of |
|
| | SB4056 | - 38 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | this State
and so notifies the regional
superintendent and if |
2 | | the regional superintendent upon a check ascertains that the |
3 | | applicant has not been identified in the Sex Offender Database |
4 | | or Statewide Murderer and Violent Offender Against Youth |
5 | | Database, then the
regional superintendent shall issue to the |
6 | | applicant a certificate
evidencing that as of the date |
7 | | specified by the Illinois State Police
the applicant has not |
8 | | been convicted of any of the enumerated criminal or
drug |
9 | | offenses in subsection (c) of this Section
or has not been
|
10 | | convicted, within 7 years of the application for employment |
11 | | with the
school district, of any other felony under the laws of |
12 | | this State or of any
offense committed or attempted in any |
13 | | other state or against the laws of
the United States that, if |
14 | | committed or attempted in this State, would
have been |
15 | | punishable as a felony under the laws of this State and |
16 | | evidencing that as of the date that the regional |
17 | | superintendent conducted a check of the Statewide Sex Offender |
18 | | Database or Statewide Murderer and Violent Offender Against |
19 | | Youth Database, the applicant has not been identified in the |
20 | | Database. The school
board of
any
school district
may rely on |
21 | | the
certificate issued by any regional superintendent to that |
22 | | substitute teacher, concurrent part-time teacher, or |
23 | | concurrent educational support personnel employee or may
|
24 | | initiate its own criminal history records check of the |
25 | | applicant through the Illinois
State Police and its own check |
26 | | of the Statewide Sex Offender Database or Statewide Murderer |
|
| | SB4056 | - 39 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | and Violent Offender Against Youth Database as provided in |
2 | | this Section. Any unauthorized release of confidential |
3 | | information may be a violation of Section 7 of the Criminal |
4 | | Identification Act.
|
5 | | (b-5) If a criminal history records check or check of the |
6 | | Statewide Sex Offender Database or Statewide Murderer and |
7 | | Violent Offender Against Youth Database is performed by a |
8 | | regional superintendent for an applicant seeking employment as |
9 | | a substitute teacher with a school district, the regional |
10 | | superintendent may disclose to the State Board of Education |
11 | | whether the applicant has been issued a certificate under |
12 | | subsection (b) based on those checks. If the State Board |
13 | | receives information on an applicant under this subsection, |
14 | | then it must indicate in the Educator Licensure Information |
15 | | System for a 90-day period that the applicant has been issued |
16 | | or has not been issued a certificate. |
17 | | (c) No school board shall knowingly employ a person who |
18 | | has been
convicted of any offense that would subject him or her |
19 | | to license suspension or revocation pursuant to Section 21B-80 |
20 | | of this Code, except as provided under subsection (b) of |
21 | | Section 21B-80.
Further, no school board shall knowingly |
22 | | employ a person who has been found
to be the perpetrator of |
23 | | sexual or physical abuse of any minor under 18 years
of age |
24 | | pursuant to proceedings under Article II of the Juvenile Court |
25 | | Act of
1987. As a condition of employment, each school board |
26 | | must consider the status of a person who has been issued an |
|
| | SB4056 | - 40 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | indicated finding of abuse or neglect of a child by the |
2 | | Department of Children and Family Services under the Abused |
3 | | and Neglected Child Reporting Act or by a child welfare agency |
4 | | of another jurisdiction.
|
5 | | (d) No school board shall knowingly employ a person for |
6 | | whom a criminal
history records check and a Statewide Sex |
7 | | Offender Database check have not been initiated.
|
8 | | (e) Within 10 days after a superintendent, regional office |
9 | | of education, or entity that provides background checks of |
10 | | license holders to public schools receives information of a |
11 | | pending criminal charge against a license holder for an |
12 | | offense set forth in Section 21B-80 of this Code, the |
13 | | superintendent, regional office of education, or entity must |
14 | | notify the State Superintendent of Education of the pending |
15 | | criminal charge. |
16 | | If permissible by federal or State law, no later than 15 |
17 | | business days after receipt of a record of conviction or of |
18 | | checking the Statewide Murderer and Violent Offender Against |
19 | | Youth Database or the Statewide Sex Offender Database and |
20 | | finding a registration, the superintendent of the employing |
21 | | school board or the applicable regional superintendent shall, |
22 | | in writing, notify the State Superintendent of Education of |
23 | | any license holder who has been convicted of a crime set forth |
24 | | in Section 21B-80 of this Code. Upon receipt of the record of a |
25 | | conviction of or a finding of child
abuse by a holder of any |
26 | | license
issued pursuant to Article 21B or Section 34-8.1 or |
|
| | SB4056 | - 41 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | 34-83 of this the
School Code, the
State Superintendent of |
2 | | Education may initiate licensure suspension
and revocation |
3 | | proceedings as authorized by law. If the receipt of the record |
4 | | of conviction or finding of child abuse is received within 6 |
5 | | months after the initial grant of or renewal of a license, the |
6 | | State Superintendent of Education may rescind the license |
7 | | holder's license.
|
8 | | (e-5) The superintendent of the employing school board |
9 | | shall, in writing, notify the State Superintendent of |
10 | | Education and the applicable regional superintendent of |
11 | | schools of any license holder whom he or she has reasonable |
12 | | cause to believe has committed an intentional act of abuse or |
13 | | neglect with the result of making a child an abused child or a |
14 | | neglected child, as defined in Section 3 of the Abused and |
15 | | Neglected Child Reporting Act, and that act resulted in the |
16 | | license holder's dismissal or resignation from the school |
17 | | district. This notification must be submitted within 30 days |
18 | | after the dismissal or resignation and must include the |
19 | | Illinois Educator Identification Number (IEIN) of the license |
20 | | holder and a brief description of the misconduct alleged. The |
21 | | license holder must also be contemporaneously sent a copy of |
22 | | the notice by the superintendent. All correspondence, |
23 | | documentation, and other information so received by the |
24 | | regional superintendent of schools, the State Superintendent |
25 | | of Education, the State Board of Education, or the State |
26 | | Educator Preparation and Licensure Board under this subsection |
|
| | SB4056 | - 42 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | (e-5) is confidential and must not be disclosed to third |
2 | | parties, except (i) as necessary for the State Superintendent |
3 | | of Education or his or her designee to investigate and |
4 | | prosecute pursuant to Article 21B of this Code, (ii) pursuant |
5 | | to a court order, (iii) for disclosure to the license holder or |
6 | | his or her representative, or (iv) as otherwise provided in |
7 | | this Article and provided that any such information admitted |
8 | | into evidence in a hearing is exempt from this confidentiality |
9 | | and non-disclosure requirement. Except for an act of willful |
10 | | or wanton misconduct, any superintendent who provides |
11 | | notification as required in this subsection (e-5) shall have |
12 | | immunity from any liability, whether civil or criminal or that |
13 | | otherwise might result by reason of such action. |
14 | | (f) After January 1, 1990 the provisions of this Section |
15 | | shall apply
to all employees of persons or firms holding |
16 | | contracts with any school
district including, but not limited |
17 | | to, food service workers, school bus
drivers and other |
18 | | transportation employees, who have direct, daily contact
with |
19 | | the pupils of any school in such district. For purposes of |
20 | | criminal
history records checks and checks of the Statewide |
21 | | Sex Offender Database on employees of persons or firms holding
|
22 | | contracts with more than one school district and assigned to |
23 | | more than one
school district, the regional superintendent of |
24 | | the educational service
region in which the contracting school |
25 | | districts are located may, at the
request of any such school |
26 | | district, be responsible for receiving the
authorization for
a |
|
| | SB4056 | - 43 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | criminal history records check prepared by each such employee |
2 | | and
submitting the same to the Illinois State Police and for |
3 | | conducting a check of the Statewide Sex Offender Database for |
4 | | each employee. Any information
concerning the record of |
5 | | conviction and identification as a sex offender of any such |
6 | | employee obtained by the
regional superintendent shall be |
7 | | promptly reported to the president of the
appropriate school |
8 | | board or school boards.
|
9 | | (f-5) Upon request of a school or school district, any |
10 | | information obtained by a school district pursuant to |
11 | | subsection (f) of this Section within the last year must be |
12 | | made available to the requesting school or school district. |
13 | | (g) Prior to the commencement of any student teaching |
14 | | experience or required internship (which is referred to as |
15 | | student teaching in this Section) in the public schools, a |
16 | | student teacher is required to authorize a fingerprint-based |
17 | | criminal history records check. Authorization for and payment |
18 | | of the costs of the check must be furnished by the student |
19 | | teacher to the school district where the student teaching is |
20 | | to be completed. Upon receipt of this authorization and |
21 | | payment, the school district shall submit the student |
22 | | teacher's name, sex, race, date of birth, social security |
23 | | number, fingerprint images, and other identifiers, as |
24 | | prescribed by the Illinois State Police, to the Illinois State |
25 | | Police. The Illinois State Police and the Federal Bureau of |
26 | | Investigation shall furnish, pursuant to a fingerprint-based |
|
| | SB4056 | - 44 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | criminal history records check, records of convictions, |
2 | | forever and hereinafter, until expunged, to the president of |
3 | | the school board for the school district that requested the |
4 | | check. The Illinois State Police shall charge the school |
5 | | district a fee for conducting the check, which fee must not |
6 | | exceed the cost of the inquiry and must be deposited into the |
7 | | State Police Services Fund. The school district shall further |
8 | | perform a check of the Statewide Sex Offender Database, as |
9 | | authorized by the Sex Offender Community Notification Law, and |
10 | | of the Statewide Murderer and Violent Offender Against Youth |
11 | | Database, as authorized by the Murderer and Violent Offender |
12 | | Against Youth Registration Act, for each student teacher. No |
13 | | school board may knowingly allow a person to student teach for |
14 | | whom a criminal history records check, a Statewide Sex |
15 | | Offender Database check, and a Statewide Murderer and Violent |
16 | | Offender Against Youth Database check have not been completed |
17 | | and reviewed by the district. |
18 | | A copy of the record of convictions obtained from the |
19 | | Illinois State Police must be provided to the student teacher. |
20 | | Any information concerning the record of convictions obtained |
21 | | by the president of the school board is confidential and may |
22 | | only be transmitted to the superintendent of the school |
23 | | district or his or her designee, the State Superintendent of |
24 | | Education, the State Educator Preparation and Licensure Board, |
25 | | or, for clarification purposes, the Illinois State Police or |
26 | | the Statewide Sex Offender Database or Statewide Murderer and |
|
| | SB4056 | - 45 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | Violent Offender Against Youth Database. Any unauthorized |
2 | | release of confidential information may be a violation of |
3 | | Section 7 of the Criminal Identification Act. |
4 | | No school board shall knowingly allow a person to student |
5 | | teach who has been convicted of any offense that would subject |
6 | | him or her to license suspension or revocation pursuant to |
7 | | subsection (c) of Section 21B-80 of this Code, except as |
8 | | provided under subsection (b) of Section 21B-80. Further, no |
9 | | school board shall allow a person to student teach if he or she |
10 | | has been found to be the perpetrator of sexual or physical |
11 | | abuse of a minor under 18 years of age pursuant to proceedings |
12 | | under Article II of the Juvenile Court Act of 1987. Each school |
13 | | board must consider the status of a person to student teach who |
14 | | has been issued an indicated finding of abuse or neglect of a |
15 | | child by the Department of Children and Family Services under |
16 | | the Abused and Neglected Child Reporting Act or by a child |
17 | | welfare agency of another jurisdiction. |
18 | | (h) (Blank). |
19 | | (Source: P.A. 101-72, eff. 7-12-19; 101-531, eff. 8-23-19; |
20 | | 101-643, eff. 6-18-20; 102-538, eff. 8-20-21; 102-552, eff. |
21 | | 1-1-22; revised 10-6-21.)
|
22 | | (105 ILCS 5/10-22.18) (from Ch. 122, par. 10-22.18)
|
23 | | Sec. 10-22.18. Kindergartens. To establish kindergartens |
24 | | for the
instruction of children between the
ages of 4 and 6 |
25 | | years, if in their judgment the public interest requires
it, |
|
| | SB4056 | - 46 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | and to pay the necessary expenses thereof out of the school |
2 | | funds of
the district. Upon petition of at
least 50 parents or |
3 | | guardians of children
between the ages of 4 and 6, residing |
4 | | within any school district and within
one mile of the public |
5 | | school where such kindergarten is proposed to be
established, |
6 | | the board of directors shall, if funds are available,
|
7 | | establish a kindergarten in connection with the public school |
8 | | designated in
the petition and maintain it as long as the |
9 | | annual average daily attendance
therein is not less than 15. |
10 | | The board may establish a kindergarten with
half-day |
11 | | attendance or with full-day attendance. If the board |
12 | | establishes
full-day kindergarten, it shall also establish |
13 | | half-day kindergarten.
No one shall be employed to teach in a |
14 | | kindergarten who does not hold a license
certificate as |
15 | | provided by law.
|
16 | | (Source: P.A. 84-1308.)
|
17 | | (105 ILCS 5/10-22.23) (from Ch. 122, par. 10-22.23)
|
18 | | Sec. 10-22.23. School Nurse. To employ a registered |
19 | | professional
nurse and define the duties of the school nurse |
20 | | within the guidelines of
rules and regulations promulgated by |
21 | | the State Board of Education. Any
school nurse first employed |
22 | | on or after July 1, 1976, whose duties
require teaching or the |
23 | | exercise of instructional judgment or educational
evaluation |
24 | | of pupils, must be licensed certificated under Section 21B-25 |
25 | | 21-25 of this Code Act .
School districts may employ |
|
| | SB4056 | - 47 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | nonlicensed non-certificated registered professional nurses
to |
2 | | perform professional nursing services.
|
3 | | (Source: P.A. 90-548, eff. 1-1-98.)
|
4 | | (105 ILCS 5/10-22.23a) (from Ch. 122, par. 10-22.23a)
|
5 | | Sec. 10-22.23a. Chief school business official. To employ |
6 | | a chief school
business official and define the duties of the |
7 | | chief school business official.
Any chief school business |
8 | | official first employed on or after July 1, 1977
shall be |
9 | | licensed certificated under Article 21B Section 21-7.1 . For |
10 | | the purposes of this Section,
experience as a school business |
11 | | official in an Illinois public school district
prior to July |
12 | | 1, 1977 shall be deemed the equivalent of licensure |
13 | | certification .
|
14 | | (Source: P.A. 82-387.)
|
15 | | (105 ILCS 5/10-22.24a) (from Ch. 122, par. 10-22.24a)
|
16 | | Sec. 10-22.24a. School counselor. To employ school |
17 | | counselors. A school
counselor is
a qualified specialist who |
18 | | holds a Professional Educator License with a school support |
19 | | personnel endorsement in the area of school counseling School |
20 | | Service Personnel certificate
endorsed in school
counseling |
21 | | issued pursuant to Section 21B-25 21-25 of this Code and
who |
22 | | either (i) holds or is qualified for an elementary, secondary, |
23 | | special
K-12, or special preschool-age 22 endorsement on a |
24 | | Professional Educator License 21 certificate issued pursuant |
|
| | SB4056 | - 48 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | to Section 21B-20 or 21B-25 21-2
or 21-4 of this Code or (ii) |
2 | | in lieu of holding or qualifying for a teaching endorsement on |
3 | | a Professional Educator License
certificate , has fulfilled |
4 | | such other requirements as the State Board of
Education and |
5 | | the State Teacher Certification Board may by rule establish. |
6 | | An
individual who has completed an approved
program in another |
7 | | state may apply for a Professional Educator License
School |
8 | | Service Personnel certificate
endorsed in school counseling |
9 | | and shall receive such a license certificate if a review
of his |
10 | | or her credentials indicates that
he or she meets the |
11 | | additional requirements of this Section. Only persons so |
12 | | licensed and endorsed may use the title "school counselor".
|
13 | | (Source: P.A. 100-1136, eff. 1-1-19.)
|
14 | | (105 ILCS 5/10-22.34) (from Ch. 122, par. 10-22.34)
|
15 | | Sec. 10-22.34. Nonlicensed Non-certificated personnel.
|
16 | | (a) School Boards may employ non-teaching personnel or |
17 | | utilize volunteer
personnel for: (1) non-teaching duties not |
18 | | requiring instructional
judgment or evaluation of pupils; and |
19 | | (2) supervising study halls, long
distance teaching reception |
20 | | areas used incident to instructional programs
transmitted by |
21 | | electronic media such as computers, video, and audio,
and |
22 | | detention and discipline areas, and school-sponsored |
23 | | extracurricular
activities.
|
24 | | (b) School boards may further utilize volunteer |
25 | | nonlicensed non-certificated
personnel or employ nonlicensed |
|
| | SB4056 | - 49 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | non-certificated personnel to assist in the
instruction of |
2 | | pupils under the immediate supervision of a teacher,
holding a |
3 | | valid license certificate , directly engaged in teaching |
4 | | subject matter
or conducting activities. The teacher shall be |
5 | | continuously aware of the nonlicensed
non-certificated |
6 | | persons' activities and shall be able to control or
modify |
7 | | them. The State Board of Education, in consultation
with the |
8 | | State Educator Preparation and Licensure Teacher Certification |
9 | | Board, shall determine
qualifications of such personnel and |
10 | | shall prescribe rules for
determining the duties and |
11 | | activities to be assigned to such personnel.
In the |
12 | | determination of qualifications of such personnel, the State |
13 | | Board
of Education shall accept coursework earned in a |
14 | | recognized institution
or from an institution of higher |
15 | | learning accredited by the North Central
Association or other |
16 | | comparable regional accrediting association and shall
accept |
17 | | qualifications based on relevant life experiences as |
18 | | determined by the
State Board of Education by rule.
|
19 | | (b-5) A school board may utilize volunteer personnel from |
20 | | a
regional School Crisis Assistance Team (S.C.A.T.), created |
21 | | as part of the
Safe to Learn Program established pursuant to |
22 | | Section 25 of the Illinois
Violence Prevention Act of 1995, to |
23 | | provide assistance to schools in times
of violence or other |
24 | | traumatic incidents within a school community by
providing |
25 | | crisis intervention services to lessen the effects of |
26 | | emotional
trauma on individuals and the community. The School |
|
| | SB4056 | - 50 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | Crisis Assistance
Team Steering Committee shall determine the |
2 | | qualifications for
volunteers.
|
3 | | (c) School boards may also employ students holding a |
4 | | bachelor's degree
from a recognized institution of higher |
5 | | learning as teaching
interns when such students are enrolled |
6 | | in a college or university
internship program, which has prior |
7 | | approval by
the State Board of Education,
in consultation with |
8 | | the State Educator Preparation and Licensure Teacher |
9 | | Certification
Board, leading to a masters degree.
|
10 | | Regional offices of education have the authority to |
11 | | initiate and
collaborate with institutions of higher learning |
12 | | to establish internship
programs referenced in this subsection |
13 | | (c). The State Board of Education
has 90 days from receiving a |
14 | | written proposal to establish the internship
program to seek |
15 | | the State Educator Preparation and Licensure Teacher |
16 | | Certification Board's consultation on
the internship program. |
17 | | If the State Board of Education does not consult
the State |
18 | | Educator Preparation and Licensure Teacher Certification Board |
19 | | within 90 days, the regional office
of education may seek the |
20 | | State Educator Preparation and Licensure Teacher Certification |
21 | | Board's
consultation without the State Board of Education's |
22 | | approval.
|
23 | | (d) Nothing in this Section shall require constant |
24 | | supervision of a
student teacher enrolled in a student |
25 | | teaching course at a college or
university, provided such |
26 | | activity has the prior approval of the
representative of the |
|
| | SB4056 | - 51 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | higher education institution and teaching plans
have |
2 | | previously been discussed with and approved by the supervising
|
3 | | teacher and further provided that such teaching is within |
4 | | guidelines
established by the State Board of Education in |
5 | | consultation
with the State Educator Preparation and Licensure |
6 | | Teacher Certification Board.
|
7 | | (Source: P.A. 92-200, eff. 1-1-02; 92-724, eff. 7-25-02; |
8 | | 93-332, eff. 1-1-04.)
|
9 | | (105 ILCS 5/10-22.34a) (from Ch. 122, par. 10-22.34a)
|
10 | | Sec. 10-22.34a. Supervision of non-academic activities. To |
11 | | designate nonlicensed non-certificated persons of good |
12 | | character to serve as
supervisors, chaperones or sponsors, |
13 | | either on a voluntary or on a
compensated basis, for school |
14 | | activities not connected with the academic
program of the |
15 | | schools.
|
16 | | (Source: Laws 1967, p. 1029.)
|
17 | | (105 ILCS 5/10-22.34b) (from Ch. 122, par. 10-22.34b)
|
18 | | Sec. 10-22.34b. Utilization of nonlicensed noncertificated |
19 | | personnel. To utilize nonlicensed noncertificated persons, |
20 | | under the direction of a licensed
certificated teacher, for |
21 | | providing specialized instruction related to a
course assigned |
22 | | to the licensed certificated teacher on a regular basis, not
|
23 | | otherwise readily available in the immediate school |
24 | | environment, in the
fields for which they are particularly |
|
| | SB4056 | - 52 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | qualified by reason of their
specialized knowledge or skills. |
2 | | The duration of the instruction shall
be determined by the |
3 | | licensed certificated teacher under whose direction the
|
4 | | program is conducted in view of the educational need to be |
5 | | satisfied.
|
6 | | Before a nonlicensed noncertificated person may be |
7 | | utilized for such specialized
instruction, the school board |
8 | | must secure the written approval of the regional
|
9 | | superintendent of schools as to the qualifications of the
|
10 | | particular nonlicensed noncertificated person, the particular |
11 | | instruction he or she is to
provide, the specific functions to |
12 | | be served, the total number of hours
he or she is to provide |
13 | | such instruction and any compensation to be paid that
person. |
14 | | The State Board of Education
shall prescribe, by
rule, |
15 | | criteria for determining qualifications of such persons and |
16 | | the
nature of specialized instruction for which, and the |
17 | | extent to which,
such persons may be used.
|
18 | | Nothing in this Section shall prevent the utilization of a |
19 | | person
with specialized knowledge or experiences as a guest |
20 | | lecturer or
resource person in the classroom under the direct |
21 | | supervision of a licensed
certificated teacher assigned to the |
22 | | classroom on a regular basis, with
prior approval of the |
23 | | school administration.
|
24 | | (Source: P.A. 81-1508.)
|
25 | | (105 ILCS 5/10-29) |
|
| | SB4056 | - 53 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | Sec. 10-29. Remote educational programs. |
2 | | (a) For purposes of this Section, "remote educational |
3 | | program" means an educational program delivered to students in |
4 | | the home or other location outside of a school building that |
5 | | meets all of the following criteria: |
6 | | (1) A student may participate in the program only |
7 | | after the school district, pursuant to adopted school |
8 | | board policy, and a person authorized to enroll the |
9 | | student under Section 10-20.12b of this Code determine |
10 | | that a remote educational program will best serve the |
11 | | student's individual learning needs. The adopted school |
12 | | board policy shall include, but not be limited to, all of |
13 | | the following: |
14 | | (A) Criteria for determining that a remote |
15 | | educational program will best serve a student's |
16 | | individual learning needs. The criteria must include |
17 | | consideration of, at a minimum, a student's prior |
18 | | attendance, disciplinary record, and academic history. |
19 | | (B) Any limitations on the number of students or |
20 | | grade levels that may participate in a remote |
21 | | educational program. |
22 | | (C) A description of the process that the school |
23 | | district will use to approve participation in the |
24 | | remote educational program. The process must include |
25 | | without limitation a requirement that, for any student |
26 | | who qualifies to receive services pursuant to the |
|
| | SB4056 | - 54 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | federal Individuals with Disabilities Education |
2 | | Improvement Act of 2004, the student's participation |
3 | | in a remote educational program receive prior approval |
4 | | from the student's individualized education program |
5 | | team. |
6 | | (D) A description of the process the school |
7 | | district will use to develop and approve a written |
8 | | remote educational plan that meets the requirements of |
9 | | subdivision (5) of this subsection (a). |
10 | | (E) A description of the system the school |
11 | | district will establish to determine student |
12 | | participation in instruction in accordance with the |
13 | | remote educational program. |
14 | | (F) A description of the process for renewing a |
15 | | remote educational program at the expiration of its |
16 | | term. |
17 | | (G) Such other terms and provisions as the school |
18 | | district deems necessary to provide for the |
19 | | establishment and delivery of a remote educational |
20 | | program. |
21 | | (2) The school district has determined that the remote |
22 | | educational program's curriculum is aligned to State |
23 | | learning standards and that the program offers instruction |
24 | | and educational experiences consistent with those given to |
25 | | students at the same grade level in the district. |
26 | | (3) The remote educational program is delivered by |
|
| | SB4056 | - 55 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | instructors that meet the following qualifications: |
2 | | (A) they are licensed certificated under Article |
3 | | 21B 21 of this Code; |
4 | | (B) (blank); and |
5 | | (C) they have responsibility for all of the |
6 | | following elements of the program: planning |
7 | | instruction, diagnosing learning needs, prescribing |
8 | | content delivery through class activities, assessing |
9 | | learning, reporting outcomes to administrators and |
10 | | parents and guardians, and evaluating the effects of |
11 | | instruction. |
12 | | (4) During the period of time from and including the |
13 | | opening date to the
closing date of the regular school |
14 | | term of the school district established pursuant to |
15 | | Section 10-19 of this Code, participation in a remote |
16 | | educational program may be claimed for evidence-based |
17 | | funding purposes under Section 18-8.15 of this Code on any |
18 | | calendar day, notwithstanding whether the day is a day of |
19 | | pupil attendance or institute day on the school district's |
20 | | calendar or any other provision of law restricting |
21 | | instruction on that day. If the district holds year-round |
22 | | classes in some buildings, the district
shall classify |
23 | | each student's participation in a remote educational |
24 | | program as either on a year-round or a non-year-round |
25 | | schedule for purposes of claiming evidence-based funding. |
26 | | Outside of the regular school term of the district, the |
|
| | SB4056 | - 56 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | remote educational program may be offered as part of any |
2 | | summer school program authorized by this Code. |
3 | | (5) Each student participating in a remote educational |
4 | | program must have a written remote educational plan that |
5 | | has been approved by the school district and a person |
6 | | authorized to enroll the student under Section 10-20.12b |
7 | | of this Code. The school district and a person authorized |
8 | | to enroll the student under Section 10-20.12b of this Code |
9 | | must approve any amendment to a remote educational plan. |
10 | | The remote educational plan must include, but is not |
11 | | limited to, all of the following: |
12 | | (A) Specific achievement goals for the student |
13 | | aligned to State learning standards. |
14 | | (B) A description of all assessments that will be |
15 | | used to measure student progress, which description |
16 | | shall indicate the assessments that will be |
17 | | administered at an attendance center within the school |
18 | | district. |
19 | | (C) A description of the progress reports that |
20 | | will be provided to the school district and the person |
21 | | or persons authorized to enroll the student under |
22 | | Section 10-20.12b of this Code. |
23 | | (D) Expectations, processes, and schedules for |
24 | | interaction between a teacher and student. |
25 | | (E) A description of the specific responsibilities |
26 | | of the student's family and the school district with |
|
| | SB4056 | - 57 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | respect to equipment, materials, phone and Internet |
2 | | service, and any other requirements applicable to the |
3 | | home or other location outside of a school building |
4 | | necessary for the delivery of the remote educational |
5 | | program. |
6 | | (F) If applicable, a description of how the remote |
7 | | educational program will be delivered in a manner |
8 | | consistent with the student's individualized education |
9 | | program required by Section 614(d) of the federal |
10 | | Individuals with Disabilities Education Improvement |
11 | | Act of 2004 or plan to ensure compliance with Section |
12 | | 504 of the federal Rehabilitation Act of 1973. |
13 | | (G) A description of the procedures and |
14 | | opportunities for participation in academic and |
15 | | extracurricular activities and programs within the |
16 | | school district. |
17 | | (H) The identification of a parent, guardian, or |
18 | | other responsible adult who will provide direct |
19 | | supervision of the program. The plan must include an |
20 | | acknowledgment by the parent, guardian, or other |
21 | | responsible adult that he or she may engage only in |
22 | | non-teaching duties not requiring instructional |
23 | | judgment or the evaluation of a student. The plan |
24 | | shall designate the parent, guardian, or other |
25 | | responsible adult as non-teaching personnel or |
26 | | volunteer personnel under subsection (a) of Section |
|
| | SB4056 | - 58 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | 10-22.34 of this Code. |
2 | | (I) The identification of a school district |
3 | | administrator who will oversee the remote educational |
4 | | program on behalf of the school district and who may be |
5 | | contacted by the student's parents with respect to any |
6 | | issues or concerns with the program. |
7 | | (J) The term of the student's participation in the |
8 | | remote educational program, which may not extend for |
9 | | longer than 12 months, unless the term is renewed by |
10 | | the district in accordance with subdivision (7) of |
11 | | this subsection (a). |
12 | | (K) A description of the specific location or |
13 | | locations in which the program will be delivered. If |
14 | | the remote educational program is to be delivered to a |
15 | | student in any location other than the student's home, |
16 | | the plan must include a written determination by the |
17 | | school district that the location will provide a |
18 | | learning environment appropriate for the delivery of |
19 | | the program. The location or locations in which the |
20 | | program will be delivered shall be deemed a long |
21 | | distance teaching reception area under subsection (a) |
22 | | of Section 10-22.34 of this Code. |
23 | | (L) Certification by the school district that the |
24 | | plan meets all other requirements of this Section. |
25 | | (6) Students participating in a remote educational |
26 | | program must be enrolled in a school district attendance |
|
| | SB4056 | - 59 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | center pursuant to the school district's enrollment policy |
2 | | or policies. A student participating in a remote |
3 | | educational program must be tested as part of all |
4 | | assessments administered by the school district pursuant |
5 | | to Section 2-3.64a-5 of this Code at the attendance center |
6 | | in which the student is enrolled and in accordance with |
7 | | the attendance center's assessment policies and schedule. |
8 | | The student must be included within all accountability |
9 | | determinations for the school district and attendance |
10 | | center under State and federal law. |
11 | | (7) The term of a student's participation in a remote |
12 | | educational program may not extend for longer than 12 |
13 | | months, unless the term is renewed by the school district. |
14 | | The district may only renew a student's participation in a |
15 | | remote educational program following an evaluation of the |
16 | | student's progress in the program, a determination that |
17 | | the student's continuation in the program will best serve |
18 | | the student's individual learning needs, and an amendment |
19 | | to the student's written remote educational plan |
20 | | addressing any changes for the upcoming term of the |
21 | | program. |
22 | | For purposes of this Section, a remote educational program |
23 | | does not include instruction delivered to students through an |
24 | | e-learning program approved under Section 10-20.56 of this |
25 | | Code. |
26 | | (b) A school district may, by resolution of its school |
|
| | SB4056 | - 60 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | board, establish a remote educational program. |
2 | | (c) (Blank). |
3 | | (d) The impact of remote educational programs on wages, |
4 | | hours, and terms and conditions of employment of educational |
5 | | employees within the school district shall be subject to local |
6 | | collective bargaining agreements. |
7 | | (e) The use of a home or other location outside of a school |
8 | | building for a remote educational program shall not cause the |
9 | | home or other location to be deemed a public school facility. |
10 | | (f) A remote educational program may be used, but is not |
11 | | required, for instruction delivered to a student in the home |
12 | | or other location outside of a school building that is not |
13 | | claimed for evidence-based funding purposes under Section |
14 | | 18-8.15 of this Code. |
15 | | (g) School districts that, pursuant to this Section, adopt |
16 | | a policy for a remote educational program must submit to the |
17 | | State Board of Education a copy of the policy and any |
18 | | amendments thereto, as well as data on student participation |
19 | | in a format specified by the State Board of Education. The |
20 | | State Board of Education may perform or contract with an |
21 | | outside entity to perform an evaluation of remote educational |
22 | | programs in this State. |
23 | | (h) The State Board of Education may adopt any rules |
24 | | necessary to ensure compliance by remote educational programs |
25 | | with the requirements of this Section and other applicable |
26 | | legal requirements.
|
|
| | SB4056 | - 61 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | (Source: P.A. 100-465, eff. 8-31-17; 100-1046, eff. 8-23-18; |
2 | | 101-81, eff. 7-12-19.)
|
3 | | (105 ILCS 5/13B-25.20)
|
4 | | Sec. 13B-25.20. Requirements for the district plan. The |
5 | | district plan
must be consistent with
the school district's |
6 | | overall mission and goals and aligned with the local
school |
7 | | improvement plans of
each participating school. The district |
8 | | plan must include all of the
following:
|
9 | | (1) A description of the program, including the
|
10 | | students at risk of academic failure to be served,
|
11 | | evidence of need, program goals, objectives, and |
12 | | measurable outcomes.
|
13 | | (2) A staffing plan, including the experiences, |
14 | | competency, and
qualifications of licensed and nonlicensed
|
15 | | certified and non-certificated staff and emphasizing their |
16 | | individual and
collective abilities to
work with students |
17 | | at risk of academic failure.
|
18 | | (3) A description and schedule of support services |
19 | | that will be available
to students as
part of their |
20 | | instructional program, including procedures for accessing
|
21 | | services required for
students on an as-needed basis.
|
22 | | (4) How the district will use grant funds to improve |
23 | | the educational
achievement of students at risk of |
24 | | academic failure.
|
25 | | (5) A detailed program budget that includes sources of |
|
| | SB4056 | - 62 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | funding to be used
in
conjunction with alternative |
2 | | learning opportunities grant funds and a plan for
|
3 | | allocating costs to
those funds.
|
4 | | (6) A plan that outlines how funding for alternative |
5 | | learning
opportunities will be
coordinated with other |
6 | | State and federal funds to ensure the efficient and
|
7 | | effective delivery of
the program.
|
8 | | (7) A description of other sources of revenue the |
9 | | district will allocate
to the program.
|
10 | | (8) An estimate of the total cost per student for the |
11 | | program and an
estimate of any
gap between existing |
12 | | revenue available for the program and the total cost of
|
13 | | the program.
|
14 | | (9) A description of how parents and community members |
15 | | will be involved in
the
program.
|
16 | | (10) Policies and procedures used by the district to |
17 | | grant credit for
student work
satisfactorily completed in |
18 | | the program.
|
19 | | (11) How the district will assess students enrolled in |
20 | | the program,
including how
statewide testing for students |
21 | | in alternative learning opportunities settings
will be |
22 | | addressed.
|
23 | | (12) How students will be admitted to the program and |
24 | | how students
will make an effective transition back to the |
25 | | regular school program, as
appropriate.
|
26 | | (13) All cooperative and intergovernmental agreements |
|
| | SB4056 | - 63 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | and subcontracts
with eligible
entities.
|
2 | | (Source: P.A. 92-42, eff. 1-1-02.)
|
3 | | (105 ILCS 5/13B-65)
|
4 | | Sec. 13B-65. Teacher licensure certification . Teachers |
5 | | with a valid and active
elementary, secondary,
or special |
6 | | PK-12 Illinois teaching license certificate may teach in an |
7 | | alternative
learning opportunities
program.
|
8 | | (Source: P.A. 92-42, eff. 1-1-02.)
|
9 | | (105 ILCS 5/13B-65.5)
|
10 | | Sec. 13B-65.5. Alternative learning credentials for |
11 | | teachers. Licensed Certificated
teachers may
receive an |
12 | | endorsement or approval in the area of alternative learning. |
13 | | The
State Board shall
establish teaching standards in |
14 | | alternative learning that lead to such an
endorsement or |
15 | | approval.
|
16 | | (Source: P.A. 92-42, eff. 1-1-02.)
|
17 | | (105 ILCS 5/14-1.09b)
|
18 | | Sec. 14-1.09b. Speech-language pathologist.
|
19 | | (a) For purposes of supervision of a speech-language |
20 | | pathology assistant,
"speech-language pathologist" means a |
21 | | person who has received a license
pursuant to the Illinois |
22 | | Speech-Language Pathology and Audiology Practice Act
to engage |
23 | | in the practice of speech-language pathology.
|
|
| | SB4056 | - 64 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | (b) A Professional Educator License The School Service |
2 | | Personnel Certificate with a school support personnel |
3 | | endorsement for speech-language pathologist
endorsement shall |
4 | | be issued under Section 21B-25 21-25 of this Code to a
|
5 | | speech-language pathologist who meets all of the following |
6 | | requirements:
|
7 | | (1) (A) Holds a regular license as a speech-language |
8 | | pathologist
pursuant to the Illinois Speech-Language |
9 | | Pathology and Audiology Practice Act,
(B) holds a current |
10 | | Certificate of Clinical Competence in
speech-language |
11 | | pathology from the American Speech-Language-Hearing |
12 | | Association
and a regular license in speech-language |
13 | | pathology from another state or
territory or the District |
14 | | of Columbia and has applied for a regular license as
a |
15 | | speech-language pathologist pursuant to the Illinois |
16 | | Speech-Language
Pathology and Audiology Practice Act, or |
17 | | (C) holds or has applied for a temporary license pursuant |
18 | | to
Section 8.1 of the Illinois Speech-Language Pathology |
19 | | and Audiology Practice Act.
|
20 | | (2) Holds a master's or doctoral degree with a major |
21 | | emphasis in
speech-language pathology from an institution |
22 | | whose course of study was
approved or program was |
23 | | accredited by the Council on Academic Accreditation in
|
24 | | Audiology and Speech-Language Pathology of the American |
25 | | Speech-Language-Hearing
Association or its predecessor.
|
26 | | (3) Either (i) has completed a program of study that
|
|
| | SB4056 | - 65 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | meets the content area standards for
speech-language |
2 | | pathologists approved by the State Board of Education, in
|
3 | | consultation with the State Educator Preparation and |
4 | | Licensure Teachers Certification Board, (ii) has completed |
5 | | a program in another state, territory, or possession of |
6 | | the United States that is comparable to an approved |
7 | | program of study described in item (i), or (iii) holds a |
8 | | certificate or license issued by another state, territory, |
9 | | or possession of the United States that is comparable to |
10 | | the Professional Educator License school service personnel |
11 | | certificate with a school support personnel |
12 | | speech-language endorsement for speech-language |
13 | | pathologist . If the requirements described in items (i), |
14 | | (ii), or (iii) of this paragraph (3) have not been met, a |
15 | | person must provide evidence that he or she has completed |
16 | | at least 150 clock hours of supervised experience in |
17 | | speech-language pathology with students with disabilities |
18 | | in a school setting, including experience required by |
19 | | federal law or federal court order; however, a person who |
20 | | lacks such experience may obtain interim licensure |
21 | | certification as established by the Illinois State Board |
22 | | of Education, in consultation with the State Educator |
23 | | Preparation and Licensure Teacher Certification Board, and |
24 | | shall participate in school-based professional experience |
25 | | of at least 150 clock hours to meet this requirement.
|
26 | | (4) Has successfully completed the required Illinois |
|
| | SB4056 | - 66 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | licensure certification tests.
|
2 | | (5) Has paid the application fee required for |
3 | | licensure certification .
|
4 | | The provisions of this subsection (b) do not preclude the |
5 | | issuance of an educator license a
teaching certificate to a |
6 | | speech-language pathologist who qualifies for such a license
|
7 | | certificate . |
8 | | (c) Notwithstanding subsection (b), a Professional |
9 | | Educator License with a school support personnel endorsement |
10 | | for non-teaching speech-language pathologist shall be issued |
11 | | under Section 21B-25 to a speech-language pathologist who (i) |
12 | | holds a regular license as a speech-language pathologist |
13 | | pursuant to the Illinois Speech-Language Pathology and |
14 | | Audiology Practice Act and (ii) holds a current Certificate of |
15 | | Clinical Competence in
speech-language pathology from the |
16 | | American Speech-Language-Hearing Association.
|
17 | | (Source: P.A. 101-94, eff. 1-1-20 .)
|
18 | | (105 ILCS 5/14-1.09.1)
|
19 | | Sec. 14-1.09.1. School psychological services. In the |
20 | | public schools,
school psychological
services provided by |
21 | | qualified specialists who hold a Professional Educator License |
22 | | Type 73 School
Service Personnel Certificates endorsed for |
23 | | school psychology issued by the
State Teacher Certification |
24 | | Board of Education may
include, but are not limited to: (i) |
25 | | administration and interpretation of
psychological and
|
|
| | SB4056 | - 67 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | educational evaluations; (ii) developing school-based |
2 | | prevention programs,
including violence prevention programs; |
3 | | (iii) counseling
with students, parents, and teachers
on |
4 | | educational and mental health issues; (iv) acting as liaisons |
5 | | between public
schools and community agencies; (v) evaluating
|
6 | | program effectiveness; (vi) providing crisis intervention |
7 | | within the
school setting; (vii) helping teachers, parents, |
8 | | and others involved in the
educational process to provide |
9 | | optimum teaching and learning conditions for all
students; |
10 | | (viii) supervising school psychologist interns enrolled in |
11 | | school
psychology programs that meet the standards established |
12 | | by the State Board of
Education; and (ix) screening of school |
13 | | enrollments to identify children who
should be referred for |
14 | | individual study. Nothing in this Section prohibits
other |
15 | | qualified professionals from providing those services
listed |
16 | | for which
they are appropriately trained.
|
17 | | (Source: P.A. 89-339, eff. 8-17-95.)
|
18 | | (105 ILCS 5/14-1.09.2)
|
19 | | Sec. 14-1.09.2. School Social Work Services. In the
public |
20 | | schools, social work services may be provided by qualified |
21 | | specialists
who hold Type 73 School Service Personnel |
22 | | Certificates endorsed for school
social work issued by the |
23 | | State Teacher Certification Board or who hold a Professional |
24 | | Educator License with a school support personnel endorsement |
25 | | in the area of school social worker under Section 21B-25 of |
|
| | SB4056 | - 68 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | this Code.
|
2 | | School social work services may include, but are not |
3 | | limited to:
|
4 | | (1) Identifying students in need of special education |
5 | | services by
conducting a social-developmental study in a |
6 | | case study evaluation;
|
7 | | (2) Developing and implementing comprehensive |
8 | | interventions with students,
parents, and teachers that |
9 | | will enhance student adjustment to, and performance
in, |
10 | | the school setting;
|
11 | | (3) Consulting and collaborating with teachers and |
12 | | other school personnel
regarding behavior management and |
13 | | intervention plans and inclusion in support
of special |
14 | | education students in regular classroom settings;
|
15 | | (4) Counseling with students, parents, and teachers in |
16 | | accordance with
the rules and regulations governing |
17 | | provision of related services, provided
that parent |
18 | | permission must be obtained in writing before a student
|
19 | | participates in a group counseling session;
|
20 | | (5) Acting as a liaison between the public schools and |
21 | | community
resources;
|
22 | | (6) Developing and implementing school-based |
23 | | prevention programs,
including mediation and violence |
24 | | prevention, implementing social and emotional education |
25 | | programs and services, and establishing and implementing |
26 | | bullying prevention and intervention programs;
|
|
| | SB4056 | - 69 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | (7) Providing crisis intervention within the school |
2 | | setting;
|
3 | | (8) Supervising school social work interns enrolled in |
4 | | school social work
programs that meet the standards |
5 | | established by the State Board of Education;
|
6 | | (9) Providing parent education and counseling as |
7 | | appropriate in relation
to the child's educational |
8 | | assessment;
|
9 | | (10) Assisting in completing a functional behavioral |
10 | | assessment, as
well as assisting in the development of |
11 | | nonaversive behavioral intervention
strategies; and
|
12 | | (11) Evaluating program effectiveness. |
13 | | Nothing in this Section prohibits other licensed certified |
14 | | professionals from
providing any of the services listed in |
15 | | this Section for which
they are appropriately trained.
|
16 | | (Source: P.A. 98-338, eff. 8-13-13.)
|
17 | | (105 ILCS 5/14-6.04)
|
18 | | Sec. 14-6.04. Contracting for speech-language pathology |
19 | | services.
|
20 | | (a) For purposes of this Section:
|
21 | | "Reasonable efforts" means performing all of the |
22 | | following:
|
23 | | (1) placing at least 3 employment advertisements for a |
24 | | speech-language
pathologist published in the newspaper of |
25 | | widest distribution within the school
district or |
|
| | SB4056 | - 70 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | cooperative;
|
2 | | (2) placing one employment listing in the placement |
3 | | bulletin of a
college or university that has a |
4 | | speech-language pathology curriculum that is
located in |
5 | | the geographic area of the school district or cooperative, |
6 | | if any;
and
|
7 | | (3) posting the position for speech-language |
8 | | pathologist on the Illinois
Association of School |
9 | | Administrators' job placement service for at least 30
|
10 | | days.
|
11 | | "Speech-language pathologist" means a person who:
|
12 | | (1) holds a master's or doctoral degree with a major |
13 | | emphasis in
speech-language pathology from an institution |
14 | | whose course of study was
approved or program was |
15 | | accredited by the Council on Academic Accreditation in
|
16 | | Audiology and Speech-Language Pathology of the American |
17 | | Speech-Language-Hearing
Association or its predecessor; |
18 | | and
|
19 | | (2) either (i) has completed a program of study that
|
20 | | meets the content-area standards for
speech-language |
21 | | pathologists approved by the State Board of Education, in
|
22 | | consultation with the State Educator Preparation and |
23 | | Licensure Teacher Certification Board, (ii) has completed |
24 | | a program in another state, territory, or possession of |
25 | | the United States that is comparable to an approved |
26 | | program of study described in item (i), or (iii) holds a |
|
| | SB4056 | - 71 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | certificate or license issued by another state, territory, |
2 | | or possession of the United States that is comparable to a |
3 | | Professional Educator License with a school support |
4 | | personnel endorsement in the area of speech-language |
5 | | pathologist the school service personnel certificate with |
6 | | a speech-language endorsement . If the requirements |
7 | | described in items (i), (ii), or (iii) of this paragraph |
8 | | (2) have not been met, a person must provide evidence that |
9 | | he or she has completed at least 150 clock hours of |
10 | | supervised experience in speech-language pathology with |
11 | | students with disabilities in a school setting, including |
12 | | experience required by federal law or federal court order; |
13 | | however, a person who lacks such experience may obtain |
14 | | interim certification as established by the Illinois State |
15 | | Board of Education, in consultation with the State Teacher |
16 | | Certification Board, and shall participate in school-based |
17 | | professional experience of at least 150 clock hours to |
18 | | meet this requirement.
|
19 | | "Speech-language pathology services" means the application |
20 | | of methods and
procedures for identifying, measuring, testing, |
21 | | appraising, predicting, and
modifying communication |
22 | | development and disorders or disabilities of speech,
language, |
23 | | voice, swallowing, and other speech, language, and |
24 | | voice-related
disorders for the purpose of counseling, |
25 | | consulting, and rendering services or
participating in the |
26 | | planning, directing, or conducting of programs that are
|
|
| | SB4056 | - 72 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | designed to modify communicative disorders and conditions in |
2 | | individuals or
groups of individuals involving speech, |
3 | | language, voice, and swallowing
functions.
|
4 | | (b) A school district or a cooperative must make |
5 | | reasonable efforts to
employ a speech-language pathologist. |
6 | | While making those reasonable efforts or
after unsuccessful |
7 | | reasonable efforts have been made, or both, a school
district |
8 | | or cooperative may contract for speech-language pathology
|
9 | | services with a speech-language pathologist or an entity that |
10 | | employs
speech-language pathologists. A speech-language |
11 | | pathologist who provides
speech-language pathology services |
12 | | pursuant to a contract must:
|
13 | | (1) hold a speech-language pathology license under the |
14 | | Illinois Speech-Language
Pathology and Audiology Practice |
15 | | Act or hold or have applied for a temporary license issued |
16 | | under Section 8.1 of that Act; and
|
17 | | (2) hold a Professional Educator License with a |
18 | | special education endorsement in the area of |
19 | | speech-language pathologist or with a school support |
20 | | personnel endorsement in the area of school speech and |
21 | | language pathologist certificate under this Code with an |
22 | | endorsement in speech-language
pathology .
|
23 | | (Source: P.A. 93-110, eff. 7-8-03; 93-1060, eff. 12-23-04.)
|
24 | | (105 ILCS 5/14-7.05)
|
25 | | Sec. 14-7.05. Placement in residential facility; payment |
|
| | SB4056 | - 73 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | of educational costs. For any student with a disability in a |
2 | | residential facility placement made or paid for by an Illinois |
3 | | public State agency or made by any court in this State, the |
4 | | school district of residence as determined pursuant to this |
5 | | Article is responsible for the costs of educating the child |
6 | | and shall be reimbursed for those costs in accordance with |
7 | | this Code. Subject to this Section and relevant State |
8 | | appropriation, the resident district's financial |
9 | | responsibility and reimbursement must be calculated in |
10 | | accordance with the provisions of Section 14-7.02 of this |
11 | | Code. In those instances in which a district receives a block |
12 | | grant pursuant to Article 1D of this Code, the district's |
13 | | financial responsibility is limited to the actual educational |
14 | | costs of the placement, which must be paid by the district from |
15 | | its block grant appropriation. Resident district financial |
16 | | responsibility and reimbursement applies for both residential |
17 | | facilities that are approved by the State Board of Education |
18 | | and non-approved facilities, subject to the requirements of |
19 | | this Section. The Illinois placing agency or court remains |
20 | | responsible for funding the residential portion of the |
21 | | placement and for notifying the resident district prior to the |
22 | | placement, except in emergency situations. The residential |
23 | | facility in which the student is placed shall notify the |
24 | | resident district of the student's enrollment as soon as |
25 | | practicable after the placement. Failure of the placing agency |
26 | | or court to notify the resident district prior to the |
|
| | SB4056 | - 74 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | placement does not absolve the resident district of financial |
2 | | responsibility for the educational costs of the placement; |
3 | | however, the resident district shall not become financially |
4 | | responsible unless and until it receives written notice of the |
5 | | placement by either the placing agency, court, or residential |
6 | | facility. The placing agency or parent shall request an |
7 | | individualized education program (IEP) meeting from the |
8 | | resident district if the placement would entail additional |
9 | | educational services beyond the student's current IEP. The |
10 | | district of residence shall retain control of the IEP process, |
11 | | and any changes to the IEP must be done in compliance with the |
12 | | federal Individuals with Disabilities Education Act. |
13 | | Prior to the placement of a child in an out-of-state |
14 | | special education residential facility, the placing agency or |
15 | | court must refer to the child or the child's parent or guardian |
16 | | the option to place the child in a special education |
17 | | residential facility located within this State, if any, that |
18 | | provides treatment and services comparable to those provided |
19 | | by the out-of-state special education residential facility. |
20 | | The placing agency or court must review annually the placement |
21 | | of a child in an out-of-state special education residential |
22 | | facility. As a part of the review, the placing agency or court |
23 | | must refer to the child or the child's parent or guardian the |
24 | | option to place the child in a comparable special education |
25 | | residential facility located within this State, if any. |
26 | | Payments shall be made by the resident district to the |
|
| | SB4056 | - 75 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | entity providing the educational services, whether the entity |
2 | | is the residential facility or the school district wherein the |
3 | | facility is located, no less than once per quarter unless |
4 | | otherwise agreed to in writing by the parties. |
5 | | A residential facility providing educational services |
6 | | within the facility, but not approved by the State Board of |
7 | | Education, is required to demonstrate proof to the State Board |
8 | | of (i) appropriate licensure certification of teachers for the |
9 | | student population, (ii) age-appropriate curriculum, (iii) |
10 | | enrollment and attendance data, and (iv) the ability to |
11 | | implement the child's IEP. A school district is under no |
12 | | obligation to pay such a residential facility unless and until |
13 | | such proof is provided to the State Board's satisfaction. |
14 | | When a dispute arises over the determination of the |
15 | | district of residence under this Section, any person or |
16 | | entity, including without limitation a school district or |
17 | | residential facility, may make a written request for a |
18 | | residency decision to the State Superintendent of Education, |
19 | | who, upon review of materials submitted and any other items of |
20 | | information he or she may request for submission, shall issue |
21 | | his or her decision in writing. The decision of the State |
22 | | Superintendent of Education is final.
|
23 | | (Source: P.A. 102-254, eff. 8-6-21.) |
24 | | (105 ILCS 5/14-8.02d)
|
25 | | Sec. 14-8.02d. Evaluation of due process hearing system. |
|
| | SB4056 | - 76 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | The State Board of Education shall monitor, review, and |
2 | | evaluate the impartial due process hearing system on a regular |
3 | | basis by a process that includes a review of written decisions |
4 | | and evaluations by participants in impartial due process |
5 | | hearings and their representatives. The In conjunction with |
6 | | the Annual State Report on Special Education Performance, the |
7 | | State Board of Education shall annually post to its website by |
8 | | August 1 submit data on the performance of the due process |
9 | | hearing system, including data on timeliness of hearings and |
10 | | an analysis of the issues and disability categories underlying |
11 | | hearing requests during the period covered by the Annual State |
12 | | Report. The data provided for the Annual State Report must be |
13 | | submitted to the members of the State Board of Education, the |
14 | | State Superintendent of Education, the Advisory Council on |
15 | | Education of Children with Disabilities, and the Screening |
16 | | Committee established under Section 14-8.02c of this Code and |
17 | | must be made available to the public .
|
18 | | (Source: P.A. 94-1100, eff. 2-2-07.)
|
19 | | (105 ILCS 5/14-9.01) (from Ch. 122, par. 14-9.01)
|
20 | | Sec. 14-9.01. Qualifications of teachers, other |
21 | | professional personnel
and necessary workers. No person shall |
22 | | be employed to teach any class or
program authorized by this |
23 | | Article who does not hold a valid teacher's
license as |
24 | | provided by law and unless he has had such special training
as |
25 | | the State Board of Education may require. No special license |
|
| | SB4056 | - 77 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | or
endorsement to a special license issued under Section |
2 | | 21B-30 of this Code shall be valid for teaching students with |
3 | | visual
disabilities unless the person to whom the license or |
4 | | endorsement is issued
has attained satisfactory performance on |
5 | | an examination that is designed to
assess competency in |
6 | | Braille reading and writing skills according to standards
that |
7 | | the State Board of Education may adopt. Evidence of |
8 | | successfully
completing the examination of Braille reading and |
9 | | writing skills must be
submitted to the State Board of |
10 | | Education prior to an applicant's taking
of the content area |
11 | | test required under Section 21B-30 of this Code. In addition |
12 | | to other requirements, a candidate for a teaching
license in |
13 | | the area of the deaf and hard of hearing granted by the
|
14 | | Illinois State Board of Education for teaching deaf and hard |
15 | | of hearing
students in grades pre-school through grade 12 must |
16 | | demonstrate a minimum
proficiency in sign language as |
17 | | determined by the Illinois State Board of
Education. All other |
18 | | professional personnel employed in any class, service,
or |
19 | | program authorized by this Article shall hold such licenses |
20 | | and shall
have had such special training as the State Board of |
21 | | Education may require;
provided that in a school district |
22 | | organized under Article 34, the school
district may employ |
23 | | speech and language pathologists who are licensed under the
|
24 | | Illinois Speech-Language Pathology and Audiology Practice Act |
25 | | but who do not
hold a license issued under this Code if the |
26 | | district certifies that
a chronic shortage of licensed |
|
| | SB4056 | - 78 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | certified personnel exists. Nothing contained in this
Act |
2 | | prohibits the school board from employing necessary workers to |
3 | | assist the
teacher with the special educational facilities, |
4 | | except that all such necessary
workers must have had such |
5 | | training as the State Board of Education may
require.
|
6 | | The No later than January 1, 1993, the State Board of |
7 | | Education shall develop,
in consultation with the Advisory |
8 | | Council on the Education of Children with
Disabilities and the |
9 | | Advisory Council on Bilingual Education, rules governing
the |
10 | | qualifications for licensure certification of teachers and |
11 | | school service personnel
providing services to English |
12 | | learners receiving special
education and related services.
|
13 | | The employment of any teacher in a special education |
14 | | program provided
for in Sections 14-1.01 to 14-14.01, |
15 | | inclusive, shall be subject to
the provisions of Sections |
16 | | 24-11 to 24-16, inclusive. Any teacher
employed in a special |
17 | | education program, prior to the effective date of
this |
18 | | amendatory Act of 1987, in which 2 or more districts
|
19 | | participate shall enter upon contractual continued service in |
20 | | each of
the participating districts subject to the provisions |
21 | | of Sections 24-11
to 24-16, inclusive.
|
22 | | (Source: P.A. 99-30, eff. 7-10-15.)
|
23 | | (105 ILCS 5/14-17) |
24 | | (Section scheduled to be repealed on December 31, 2022) |
25 | | Sec. 14-17. High-Cost Special Education Funding |
|
| | SB4056 | - 79 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | Commission. |
2 | | (a) The High-Cost Special Education Funding Commission is |
3 | | created for the purpose of making recommendations to the |
4 | | Governor and the General Assembly for an alternative funding |
5 | | structure in this State for high-cost special education |
6 | | students that is aligned to the principles of the |
7 | | evidence-based funding formula in Section 18-8.15 in which |
8 | | school districts furthest away from adequacy receive the |
9 | | greatest amount of funding. |
10 | | (b) The Commission shall consist of all of the following |
11 | | members: |
12 | | (1) One representative appointed by the Speaker of the |
13 | | House of Representatives, who shall serve as |
14 | | co-chairperson. |
15 | | (2) One representative appointed by the Minority |
16 | | Leader of the House of Representatives. |
17 | | (3) One senator appointed by the President of the |
18 | | Senate, who shall serve as co-chairperson. |
19 | | (4) One senator appointed by the Minority Leader of |
20 | | the Senate. |
21 | | (5) The State Superintendent of Education or a |
22 | | designee. |
23 | | (6) The Director of the Governor's Office of |
24 | | Management and Budget or a designee. |
25 | | (7) The Chairperson of the Advisory Council on the |
26 | | Education of Children with Disabilities or a designee. |
|
| | SB4056 | - 80 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | Additionally, within 60 days after July 23, 2021 ( the |
2 | | effective date of Public Act 102-150) this amendatory Act of |
3 | | the 102nd General Assembly , the State Superintendent of |
4 | | Education shall appoint all of the following individuals to |
5 | | the Commission: |
6 | | (A) One representative of a statewide association that |
7 | | represents private special education schools. |
8 | | (B) One representative of a statewide association that |
9 | | represents special education cooperatives. |
10 | | (C) One educator from a special education cooperative, |
11 | | recommended by a statewide association that represents |
12 | | teachers. |
13 | | (D) One educator from a school special education |
14 | | cooperative that is not a member district that is not a |
15 | | member of a special education cooperative, recommended by |
16 | | a different statewide association that represents |
17 | | teachers. |
18 | | (E) One educator or administrator from a nonpublic |
19 | | special education school. |
20 | | (F) One representative of a statewide association that |
21 | | represents school administrators. |
22 | | (G) One representative of a statewide association
that |
23 | | represents school business officials. |
24 | | (H) One representative of a statewide association that |
25 | | represents private special education schools in rural |
26 | | school districts. |
|
| | SB4056 | - 81 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | (I) One representative from a residential program. |
2 | | Members appointed to the Commission must reflect the |
3 | | racial, ethnic, and geographic diversity of this State. |
4 | | (c) Members of the Commission shall serve without |
5 | | compensation, but may be reimbursed for their reasonable and |
6 | | necessary expenses from funds appropriated to the State Board |
7 | | of Education for that purpose. |
8 | | (d) The State Board of Education shall provide |
9 | | administrative support to the Commission. |
10 | | (e) To ensure that high-quality services are provided to |
11 | | ensure equitable outcomes for high-cost special education |
12 | | students, the Commission shall do all the following: |
13 | | (1) Review the current system of funding high-cost |
14 | | special education students in this State. |
15 | | (2) Review the needs of high-cost special education |
16 | | students in this State and the associated costs to ensure |
17 | | high-quality services are provided to these students. |
18 | | (3) Review how other states fund high-cost special |
19 | | education students. |
20 | | (4) If available, review other proposals and best |
21 | | practices for funding high-cost special education |
22 | | students. |
23 | | (f) On or before November 30, 2021, the Commission shall |
24 | | report its recommendations to the Governor and the General |
25 | | Assembly. |
26 | | (g) This Section is repealed on December 31, 2022.
|
|
| | SB4056 | - 82 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | (Source: P.A. 102-150, eff. 7-23-21; revised 11-9-21.) |
2 | | (105 ILCS 5/18-8.15) |
3 | | Sec. 18-8.15. Evidence-Based Funding for student success |
4 | | for the 2017-2018 and subsequent school years. |
5 | | (a) General provisions. |
6 | | (1) The purpose of this Section is to ensure that, by |
7 | | June 30, 2027 and beyond, this State has a kindergarten |
8 | | through grade 12 public education system with the capacity |
9 | | to ensure the educational development of all persons to |
10 | | the limits of their capacities in accordance with Section |
11 | | 1 of Article X of the Constitution of the State of |
12 | | Illinois. To accomplish that objective, this Section |
13 | | creates a method of funding public education that is |
14 | | evidence-based; is sufficient to ensure every student |
15 | | receives a meaningful opportunity to learn irrespective of |
16 | | race, ethnicity, sexual orientation, gender, or |
17 | | community-income level; and is sustainable and |
18 | | predictable. When fully funded under this Section, every |
19 | | school shall have the resources, based on what the |
20 | | evidence indicates is needed, to: |
21 | | (A) provide all students with a high quality |
22 | | education that offers the academic, enrichment, social |
23 | | and emotional support, technical, and career-focused |
24 | | programs that will allow them to become competitive |
25 | | workers, responsible parents, productive citizens of |
|
| | SB4056 | - 83 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | this State, and active members of our national |
2 | | democracy; |
3 | | (B) ensure all students receive the education they |
4 | | need to graduate from high school with the skills |
5 | | required to pursue post-secondary education and |
6 | | training for a rewarding career; |
7 | | (C) reduce, with a goal of eliminating, the |
8 | | achievement gap between at-risk and non-at-risk |
9 | | students by raising the performance of at-risk |
10 | | students and not by reducing standards; and |
11 | | (D) ensure this State satisfies its obligation to |
12 | | assume the primary responsibility to fund public |
13 | | education and simultaneously relieve the |
14 | | disproportionate burden placed on local property taxes |
15 | | to fund schools. |
16 | | (2) The Evidence-Based Funding formula under this |
17 | | Section shall be applied to all Organizational Units in |
18 | | this State. The Evidence-Based Funding formula outlined in |
19 | | this Act is based on the formula outlined in Senate Bill 1 |
20 | | of the 100th General Assembly, as passed by both |
21 | | legislative chambers. As further defined and described in |
22 | | this Section, there are 4 major components of the |
23 | | Evidence-Based Funding model: |
24 | | (A) First, the model calculates a unique Adequacy |
25 | | Target for each Organizational Unit in this State that |
26 | | considers the costs to implement research-based |
|
| | SB4056 | - 84 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | activities, the unit's student demographics, and |
2 | | regional wage differences. |
3 | | (B) Second, the model calculates each |
4 | | Organizational Unit's Local Capacity, or the amount |
5 | | each Organizational Unit is assumed to contribute |
6 | | toward its Adequacy Target from local resources. |
7 | | (C) Third, the model calculates how much funding |
8 | | the State currently contributes to the Organizational |
9 | | Unit and adds that to the unit's Local Capacity to |
10 | | determine the unit's overall current adequacy of |
11 | | funding. |
12 | | (D) Finally, the model's distribution method |
13 | | allocates new State funding to those Organizational |
14 | | Units that are least well-funded, considering both |
15 | | Local Capacity and State funding, in relation to their |
16 | | Adequacy Target. |
17 | | (3) An Organizational Unit receiving any funding under |
18 | | this Section may apply those funds to any fund so received |
19 | | for which that Organizational Unit is authorized to make |
20 | | expenditures by law. |
21 | | (4) As used in this Section, the following terms shall |
22 | | have the meanings ascribed in this paragraph (4): |
23 | | "Adequacy Target" is defined in paragraph (1) of |
24 | | subsection (b) of this Section. |
25 | | "Adjusted EAV" is defined in paragraph (4) of |
26 | | subsection (d) of this Section. |
|
| | SB4056 | - 85 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | "Adjusted Local Capacity Target" is defined in |
2 | | paragraph (3) of subsection (c) of this Section. |
3 | | "Adjusted Operating Tax Rate" means a tax rate for all |
4 | | Organizational Units, for which the State Superintendent |
5 | | shall calculate and subtract for the Operating Tax Rate a |
6 | | transportation rate based on total expenses for |
7 | | transportation services under this Code, as reported on |
8 | | the most recent Annual Financial Report in Pupil |
9 | | Transportation Services, function 2550 in both the |
10 | | Education and Transportation funds and functions 4110 and |
11 | | 4120 in the Transportation fund, less any corresponding |
12 | | fiscal year State of Illinois scheduled payments excluding |
13 | | net adjustments for prior years for regular, vocational, |
14 | | or special education transportation reimbursement pursuant |
15 | | to Section 29-5 or subsection (b) of Section 14-13.01 of |
16 | | this Code divided by the Adjusted EAV. If an |
17 | | Organizational Unit's corresponding fiscal year State of |
18 | | Illinois scheduled payments excluding net adjustments for |
19 | | prior years for regular, vocational, or special education |
20 | | transportation reimbursement pursuant to Section 29-5 or |
21 | | subsection (b) of Section 14-13.01 of this Code exceed the |
22 | | total transportation expenses, as defined in this |
23 | | paragraph, no transportation rate shall be subtracted from |
24 | | the Operating Tax Rate. |
25 | | "Allocation Rate" is defined in paragraph (3) of |
26 | | subsection (g) of this Section. |
|
| | SB4056 | - 86 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | "Alternative School" means a public school that is |
2 | | created and operated by a regional superintendent of |
3 | | schools and approved by the State Board. |
4 | | "Applicable Tax Rate" is defined in paragraph (1) of |
5 | | subsection (d) of this Section. |
6 | | "Assessment" means any of those benchmark, progress |
7 | | monitoring, formative, diagnostic, and other assessments, |
8 | | in addition to the State accountability assessment, that |
9 | | assist teachers' needs in understanding the skills and |
10 | | meeting the needs of the students they serve. |
11 | | "Assistant principal" means a school administrator |
12 | | duly endorsed to be employed as an assistant principal in |
13 | | this State. |
14 | | "At-risk student" means a student who is at risk of |
15 | | not meeting the Illinois Learning Standards or not |
16 | | graduating from elementary or high school and who |
17 | | demonstrates a need for vocational support or social |
18 | | services beyond that provided by the regular school |
19 | | program. All students included in an Organizational Unit's |
20 | | Low-Income Count, as well as all English learner and |
21 | | disabled students attending the Organizational Unit, shall |
22 | | be considered at-risk students under this Section. |
23 | | "Average Student Enrollment" or "ASE" for fiscal year |
24 | | 2018 means, for an Organizational Unit, the greater of the |
25 | | average number of students (grades K through 12) reported |
26 | | to the State Board as enrolled in the Organizational Unit |
|
| | SB4056 | - 87 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | on October 1 in the immediately preceding school year, |
2 | | plus the pre-kindergarten students who receive special |
3 | | education services of 2 or more hours a day as reported to |
4 | | the State Board on December 1 in the immediately preceding |
5 | | school year, or the average number of students (grades K |
6 | | through 12) reported to the State Board as enrolled in the |
7 | | Organizational Unit on October 1, plus the |
8 | | pre-kindergarten students who receive special education |
9 | | services of 2 or more hours a day as reported to the State |
10 | | Board on December 1, for each of the immediately preceding |
11 | | 3 school years. For fiscal year 2019 and each subsequent |
12 | | fiscal year, "Average Student Enrollment" or "ASE" means, |
13 | | for an Organizational Unit, the greater of the average |
14 | | number of students (grades K through 12) reported to the |
15 | | State Board as enrolled in the Organizational Unit on |
16 | | October 1 and March 1 in the immediately preceding school |
17 | | year, plus the pre-kindergarten students who receive |
18 | | special education services as reported to the State Board |
19 | | on October 1 and March 1 in the immediately preceding |
20 | | school year, or the average number of students (grades K |
21 | | through 12) reported to the State Board as enrolled in the |
22 | | Organizational Unit on October 1 and March 1, plus the |
23 | | pre-kindergarten students who receive special education |
24 | | services as reported to the State Board on October 1 and |
25 | | March 1, for each of the immediately preceding 3 school |
26 | | years. For the purposes of this definition, "enrolled in |
|
| | SB4056 | - 88 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | the Organizational Unit" means the number of students |
2 | | reported to the State Board who are enrolled in schools |
3 | | within the Organizational Unit that the student attends or |
4 | | would attend if not placed or transferred to another |
5 | | school or program to receive needed services. For the |
6 | | purposes of calculating "ASE", all students, grades K |
7 | | through 12, excluding those attending kindergarten for a |
8 | | half day and students attending an alternative education |
9 | | program operated by a regional office of education or |
10 | | intermediate service center, shall be counted as 1.0. All |
11 | | students attending kindergarten for a half day shall be |
12 | | counted as 0.5, unless in 2017 by June 15 or by March 1 in |
13 | | subsequent years, the school district reports to the State |
14 | | Board of Education the intent to implement full-day |
15 | | kindergarten district-wide for all students, then all |
16 | | students attending kindergarten shall be counted as 1.0. |
17 | | Special education pre-kindergarten students shall be |
18 | | counted as 0.5 each. If the State Board does not collect or |
19 | | has not collected both an October 1 and March 1 enrollment |
20 | | count by grade or a December 1 collection of special |
21 | | education pre-kindergarten students as of August 31, 2017 |
22 | | (the effective date of Public Act 100-465), it shall |
23 | | establish such collection for all future years. For any |
24 | | year in which a count by grade level was collected only |
25 | | once, that count shall be used as the single count |
26 | | available for computing a 3-year average ASE. Funding for |
|
| | SB4056 | - 89 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | programs operated by a regional office of education or an |
2 | | intermediate service center must be calculated using the |
3 | | Evidence-Based Funding formula under this Section for the |
4 | | 2019-2020 school year and each subsequent school year |
5 | | until separate adequacy formulas are developed and adopted |
6 | | for each type of program. ASE for a program operated by a |
7 | | regional office of education or an intermediate service |
8 | | center must be determined by the March 1 enrollment for |
9 | | the program. For the 2019-2020 school year, the ASE used |
10 | | in the calculation must be the first-year ASE and, in that |
11 | | year only, the assignment of students served by a regional |
12 | | office of education or intermediate service center shall |
13 | | not result in a reduction of the March enrollment for any |
14 | | school district. For the 2020-2021 school year, the ASE |
15 | | must be the greater of the current-year ASE or the 2-year |
16 | | average ASE. Beginning with the 2021-2022 school year, the |
17 | | ASE must be the greater of the current-year ASE or the |
18 | | 3-year average ASE. School districts shall submit the data |
19 | | for the ASE calculation to the State Board within 45 days |
20 | | of the dates required in this Section for submission of |
21 | | enrollment data in order for it to be included in the ASE |
22 | | calculation. For fiscal year 2018 only, the ASE |
23 | | calculation shall include only enrollment taken on October |
24 | | 1. In recognition of the impact of COVID-19, the |
25 | | definition of "Average Student Enrollment" or "ASE" shall |
26 | | be adjusted for calculations under this Section for fiscal |
|
| | SB4056 | - 90 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | years 2022 through 2024. For fiscal years 2022 through |
2 | | 2024, the enrollment used in the calculation of ASE |
3 | | representing the 2020-2021 school year shall be the |
4 | | greater of the enrollment for the 2020-2021 school year or |
5 | | the 2019-2020 school year. |
6 | | "Base Funding Guarantee" is defined in paragraph (10) |
7 | | of subsection (g) of this Section. |
8 | | "Base Funding Minimum" is defined in subsection (e) of |
9 | | this Section. |
10 | | "Base Tax Year" means the property tax levy year used |
11 | | to calculate the Budget Year allocation of primary State |
12 | | aid. |
13 | | "Base Tax Year's Extension" means the product of the |
14 | | equalized assessed valuation utilized by the county clerk |
15 | | in the Base Tax Year multiplied by the limiting rate as |
16 | | calculated by the county clerk and defined in PTELL. |
17 | | "Bilingual Education Allocation" means the amount of |
18 | | an Organizational Unit's final Adequacy Target |
19 | | attributable to bilingual education divided by the |
20 | | Organizational Unit's final Adequacy Target, the product |
21 | | of which shall be multiplied by the amount of new funding |
22 | | received pursuant to this Section. An Organizational |
23 | | Unit's final Adequacy Target attributable to bilingual |
24 | | education shall include all additional investments in |
25 | | English learner students' adequacy elements. |
26 | | "Budget Year" means the school year for which primary |
|
| | SB4056 | - 91 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | State aid is calculated and awarded under this Section. |
2 | | "Central office" means individual administrators and |
3 | | support service personnel charged with managing the |
4 | | instructional programs, business and operations, and |
5 | | security of the Organizational Unit. |
6 | | "Comparable Wage Index" or "CWI" means a regional cost |
7 | | differentiation metric that measures systemic, regional |
8 | | variations in the salaries of college graduates who are |
9 | | not educators. The CWI utilized for this Section shall, |
10 | | for the first 3 years of Evidence-Based Funding |
11 | | implementation, be the CWI initially developed by the |
12 | | National Center for Education Statistics, as most recently |
13 | | updated by Texas A & M University. In the fourth and |
14 | | subsequent years of Evidence-Based Funding implementation, |
15 | | the State Superintendent shall re-determine the CWI using |
16 | | a similar methodology to that identified in the Texas A & M |
17 | | University study, with adjustments made no less frequently |
18 | | than once every 5 years. |
19 | | "Computer technology and equipment" means computers |
20 | | servers, notebooks, network equipment, copiers, printers, |
21 | | instructional software, security software, curriculum |
22 | | management courseware, and other similar materials and |
23 | | equipment. |
24 | | "Computer technology and equipment investment |
25 | | allocation" means the final Adequacy Target amount of an |
26 | | Organizational Unit assigned to Tier 1 or Tier 2 in the |
|
| | SB4056 | - 92 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | prior school year attributable to the additional $285.50 |
2 | | per student computer technology and equipment investment |
3 | | grant divided by the Organizational Unit's final Adequacy |
4 | | Target, the result of which shall be multiplied by the |
5 | | amount of new funding received pursuant to this Section. |
6 | | An Organizational Unit assigned to a Tier 1 or Tier 2 final |
7 | | Adequacy Target attributable to the received computer |
8 | | technology and equipment investment grant shall include |
9 | | all additional investments in computer technology and |
10 | | equipment adequacy elements. |
11 | | "Core subject" means mathematics; science; reading, |
12 | | English, writing, and language arts; history and social |
13 | | studies; world languages; and subjects taught as Advanced |
14 | | Placement in high schools. |
15 | | "Core teacher" means a regular classroom teacher in |
16 | | elementary schools and teachers of a core subject in |
17 | | middle and high schools. |
18 | | "Core Intervention teacher (tutor)" means a licensed |
19 | | teacher providing one-on-one or small group tutoring to |
20 | | students struggling to meet proficiency in core subjects. |
21 | | "CPPRT" means corporate personal property replacement |
22 | | tax funds paid to an Organizational Unit during the |
23 | | calendar year one year before the calendar year in which a |
24 | | school year begins, pursuant to "An Act in relation to the |
25 | | abolition of ad valorem personal property tax and the |
26 | | replacement of revenues lost thereby, and amending and |
|
| | SB4056 | - 93 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | repealing certain Acts and parts of Acts in connection |
2 | | therewith", certified August 14, 1979, as amended (Public |
3 | | Act 81-1st S.S.-1). |
4 | | "EAV" means equalized assessed valuation as defined in |
5 | | paragraph (2) of subsection (d) of this Section and |
6 | | calculated in accordance with paragraph (3) of subsection |
7 | | (d) of this Section. |
8 | | "ECI" means the Bureau of Labor Statistics' national |
9 | | employment cost index for civilian workers in educational |
10 | | services in elementary and secondary schools on a |
11 | | cumulative basis for the 12-month calendar year preceding |
12 | | the fiscal year of the Evidence-Based Funding calculation. |
13 | | "EIS Data" means the employment information system |
14 | | data maintained by the State Board on educators within |
15 | | Organizational Units. |
16 | | "Employee benefits" means health, dental, and vision |
17 | | insurance offered to employees of an Organizational Unit, |
18 | | the costs associated with the statutorily required payment |
19 | | of the normal cost of the Organizational Unit's teacher |
20 | | pensions, Social Security employer contributions, and |
21 | | Illinois Municipal Retirement Fund employer contributions. |
22 | | "English learner" or "EL" means a child included in |
23 | | the definition of "English learners" under Section 14C-2 |
24 | | of this Code participating in a program of transitional |
25 | | bilingual education or a transitional program of |
26 | | instruction meeting the requirements and program |
|
| | SB4056 | - 94 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | application procedures of Article 14C of this Code. For |
2 | | the purposes of collecting the number of EL students |
3 | | enrolled, the same collection and calculation methodology |
4 | | as defined above for "ASE" shall apply to English |
5 | | learners, with the exception that EL student enrollment |
6 | | shall include students in grades pre-kindergarten through |
7 | | 12. |
8 | | "Essential Elements" means those elements, resources, |
9 | | and educational programs that have been identified through |
10 | | academic research as necessary to improve student success, |
11 | | improve academic performance, close achievement gaps, and |
12 | | provide for other per student costs related to the |
13 | | delivery and leadership of the Organizational Unit, as |
14 | | well as the maintenance and operations of the unit, and |
15 | | which are specified in paragraph (2) of subsection (b) of |
16 | | this Section. |
17 | | "Evidence-Based Funding" means State funding provided |
18 | | to an Organizational Unit pursuant to this Section. |
19 | | "Extended day" means academic and enrichment programs |
20 | | provided to students outside the regular school day before |
21 | | and after school or during non-instructional times during |
22 | | the school day. |
23 | | "Extension Limitation Ratio" means a numerical ratio |
24 | | in which the numerator is the Base Tax Year's Extension |
25 | | and the denominator is the Preceding Tax Year's Extension. |
26 | | "Final Percent of Adequacy" is defined in paragraph |
|
| | SB4056 | - 95 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | (4) of subsection (f) of this Section. |
2 | | "Final Resources" is defined in paragraph (3) of |
3 | | subsection (f) of this Section. |
4 | | "Full-time equivalent" or "FTE" means the full-time |
5 | | equivalency compensation for staffing the relevant |
6 | | position at an Organizational Unit. |
7 | | "Funding Gap" is defined in paragraph (1) of |
8 | | subsection (g). |
9 | | "Hybrid District" means a partial elementary unit |
10 | | district created pursuant to Article 11E of this Code. |
11 | | "Instructional assistant" means a core or special |
12 | | education, non-licensed employee who assists a teacher in |
13 | | the classroom and provides academic support to students. |
14 | | "Instructional facilitator" means a qualified teacher |
15 | | or licensed teacher leader who facilitates and coaches |
16 | | continuous improvement in classroom instruction; provides |
17 | | instructional support to teachers in the elements of |
18 | | research-based instruction or demonstrates the alignment |
19 | | of instruction with curriculum standards and assessment |
20 | | tools; develops or coordinates instructional programs or |
21 | | strategies; develops and implements training; chooses |
22 | | standards-based instructional materials; provides |
23 | | teachers with an understanding of current research; serves |
24 | | as a mentor, site coach, curriculum specialist, or lead |
25 | | teacher; or otherwise works with fellow teachers, in |
26 | | collaboration, to use data to improve instructional |
|
| | SB4056 | - 96 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | practice or develop model lessons. |
2 | | "Instructional materials" means relevant |
3 | | instructional materials for student instruction, |
4 | | including, but not limited to, textbooks, consumable |
5 | | workbooks, laboratory equipment, library books, and other |
6 | | similar materials. |
7 | | "Laboratory School" means a public school that is |
8 | | created and operated by a public university and approved |
9 | | by the State Board. |
10 | | "Librarian" means a teacher with an endorsement as a |
11 | | library information specialist or another individual whose |
12 | | primary responsibility is overseeing library resources |
13 | | within an Organizational Unit. |
14 | | "Limiting rate for Hybrid Districts" means the |
15 | | combined elementary school and high school limiting rates. |
16 | | "Local Capacity" is defined in paragraph (1) of |
17 | | subsection (c) of this Section. |
18 | | "Local Capacity Percentage" is defined in subparagraph |
19 | | (A) of paragraph (2) of subsection (c) of this Section. |
20 | | "Local Capacity Ratio" is defined in subparagraph (B) |
21 | | of paragraph (2) of subsection (c) of this Section. |
22 | | "Local Capacity Target" is defined in paragraph (2) of |
23 | | subsection (c) of this Section. |
24 | | "Low-Income Count" means, for an Organizational Unit |
25 | | in a fiscal year, the higher of the average number of |
26 | | students for the prior school year or the immediately |
|
| | SB4056 | - 97 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | preceding 3 school years who, as of July 1 of the |
2 | | immediately preceding fiscal year (as determined by the |
3 | | Department of Human Services), are eligible for at least |
4 | | one of the following low-income programs: Medicaid, the |
5 | | Children's Health Insurance Program, Temporary Assistance |
6 | | for Needy Families (TANF), or the Supplemental Nutrition |
7 | | Assistance Program, excluding pupils who are eligible for |
8 | | services provided by the Department of Children and Family |
9 | | Services. Until such time that grade level low-income |
10 | | populations become available, grade level low-income |
11 | | populations shall be determined by applying the low-income |
12 | | percentage to total student enrollments by grade level. |
13 | | The low-income percentage is determined by dividing the |
14 | | Low-Income Count by the Average Student Enrollment. The |
15 | | low-income percentage for programs operated by a regional |
16 | | office of education or an intermediate service center must |
17 | | be set to the weighted average of the low-income |
18 | | percentages of all of the school districts in the service |
19 | | region. The weighted low-income percentage is the result |
20 | | of multiplying the low-income percentage of each school |
21 | | district served by the regional office of education or |
22 | | intermediate service center by each school district's |
23 | | Average Student Enrollment, summarizing those products and |
24 | | dividing the total by the total Average Student Enrollment |
25 | | for the service region. |
26 | | "Maintenance and operations" means custodial services, |
|
| | SB4056 | - 98 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | facility and ground maintenance, facility operations, |
2 | | facility security, routine facility repairs, and other |
3 | | similar services and functions. |
4 | | "Minimum Funding Level" is defined in paragraph (9) of |
5 | | subsection (g) of this Section. |
6 | | "New Property Tax Relief Pool Funds" means, for any |
7 | | given fiscal year, all State funds appropriated under |
8 | | Section 2-3.170 of this Code. |
9 | | "New State Funds" means, for a given school year, all |
10 | | State funds appropriated for Evidence-Based Funding in |
11 | | excess of the amount needed to fund the Base Funding |
12 | | Minimum for all Organizational Units in that school year. |
13 | | "Net State Contribution Target" means, for a given |
14 | | school year, the amount of State funds that would be |
15 | | necessary to fully meet the Adequacy Target of an |
16 | | Operational Unit minus the Preliminary Resources available |
17 | | to each unit. |
18 | | "Nurse" means an individual licensed as a certified |
19 | | school nurse, in accordance with the rules established for |
20 | | nursing services by the State Board, who is an employee of |
21 | | and is available to provide health care-related services |
22 | | for students of an Organizational Unit. |
23 | | "Operating Tax Rate" means the rate utilized in the |
24 | | previous year to extend property taxes for all purposes, |
25 | | except Bond and Interest, Summer School, Rent, Capital |
26 | | Improvement, and Vocational Education Building purposes. |
|
| | SB4056 | - 99 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | For Hybrid Districts, the Operating Tax Rate shall be the |
2 | | combined elementary and high school rates utilized in the |
3 | | previous year to extend property taxes for all purposes, |
4 | | except Bond and Interest, Summer School, Rent, Capital |
5 | | Improvement, and Vocational Education Building purposes. |
6 | | "Organizational Unit" means a Laboratory School or any |
7 | | public school district that is recognized as such by the |
8 | | State Board and that contains elementary schools typically |
9 | | serving kindergarten through 5th grades, middle schools |
10 | | typically serving 6th through 8th grades, high schools |
11 | | typically serving 9th through 12th grades, a program |
12 | | established under Section 2-3.66 or 2-3.41, or a program |
13 | | operated by a regional office of education or an |
14 | | intermediate service center under Article 13A or 13B. The |
15 | | General Assembly acknowledges that the actual grade levels |
16 | | served by a particular Organizational Unit may vary |
17 | | slightly from what is typical. |
18 | | "Organizational Unit CWI" is determined by calculating |
19 | | the CWI in the region and original county in which an |
20 | | Organizational Unit's primary administrative office is |
21 | | located as set forth in this paragraph, provided that if |
22 | | the Organizational Unit CWI as calculated in accordance |
23 | | with this paragraph is less than 0.9, the Organizational |
24 | | Unit CWI shall be increased to 0.9. Each county's current |
25 | | CWI value shall be adjusted based on the CWI value of that |
26 | | county's neighboring Illinois counties, to create a |
|
| | SB4056 | - 100 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | "weighted adjusted index value". This shall be calculated |
2 | | by summing the CWI values of all of a county's adjacent |
3 | | Illinois counties and dividing by the number of adjacent |
4 | | Illinois counties, then taking the weighted value of the |
5 | | original county's CWI value and the adjacent Illinois |
6 | | county average. To calculate this weighted value, if the |
7 | | number of adjacent Illinois counties is greater than 2, |
8 | | the original county's CWI value will be weighted at 0.25 |
9 | | and the adjacent Illinois county average will be weighted |
10 | | at 0.75. If the number of adjacent Illinois counties is 2, |
11 | | the original county's CWI value will be weighted at 0.33 |
12 | | and the adjacent Illinois county average will be weighted |
13 | | at 0.66. The greater of the county's current CWI value and |
14 | | its weighted adjusted index value shall be used as the |
15 | | Organizational Unit CWI. |
16 | | "Preceding Tax Year" means the property tax levy year |
17 | | immediately preceding the Base Tax Year. |
18 | | "Preceding Tax Year's Extension" means the product of |
19 | | the equalized assessed valuation utilized by the county |
20 | | clerk in the Preceding Tax Year multiplied by the |
21 | | Operating Tax Rate. |
22 | | "Preliminary Percent of Adequacy" is defined in |
23 | | paragraph (2) of subsection (f) of this Section. |
24 | | "Preliminary Resources" is defined in paragraph (2) of |
25 | | subsection (f) of this Section. |
26 | | "Principal" means a school administrator duly endorsed |
|
| | SB4056 | - 101 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | to be employed as a principal in this State. |
2 | | "Professional development" means training programs for |
3 | | licensed staff in schools, including, but not limited to, |
4 | | programs that assist in implementing new curriculum |
5 | | programs, provide data focused or academic assessment data |
6 | | training to help staff identify a student's weaknesses and |
7 | | strengths, target interventions, improve instruction, |
8 | | encompass instructional strategies for English learner, |
9 | | gifted, or at-risk students, address inclusivity, cultural |
10 | | sensitivity, or implicit bias, or otherwise provide |
11 | | professional support for licensed staff. |
12 | | "Prototypical" means 450 special education |
13 | | pre-kindergarten and kindergarten through grade 5 students |
14 | | for an elementary school, 450 grade 6 through 8 students |
15 | | for a middle school, and 600 grade 9 through 12 students |
16 | | for a high school. |
17 | | "PTELL" means the Property Tax Extension Limitation |
18 | | Law. |
19 | | "PTELL EAV" is defined in paragraph (4) of subsection |
20 | | (d) of this Section. |
21 | | "Pupil support staff" means a nurse, psychologist, |
22 | | social worker, family liaison personnel, or other staff |
23 | | member who provides support to at-risk or struggling |
24 | | students. |
25 | | "Real Receipts" is defined in paragraph (1) of |
26 | | subsection (d) of this Section. |
|
| | SB4056 | - 102 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | "Regionalization Factor" means, for a particular |
2 | | Organizational Unit, the figure derived by dividing the |
3 | | Organizational Unit CWI by the Statewide Weighted CWI. |
4 | | "School counselor" means a licensed school counselor |
5 | | who provides guidance and counseling support for students |
6 | | within an Organizational Unit. |
7 | | "School site staff" means the primary school secretary |
8 | | and any additional clerical personnel assigned to a |
9 | | school. |
10 | | "Special education" means special educational |
11 | | facilities and services, as defined in Section 14-1.08 of |
12 | | this Code. |
13 | | "Special Education Allocation" means the amount of an |
14 | | Organizational Unit's final Adequacy Target attributable |
15 | | to special education divided by the Organizational Unit's |
16 | | final Adequacy Target, the product of which shall be |
17 | | multiplied by the amount of new funding received pursuant |
18 | | to this Section. An Organizational Unit's final Adequacy |
19 | | Target attributable to special education shall include all |
20 | | special education investment adequacy elements. |
21 | | "Specialist teacher" means a teacher who provides |
22 | | instruction in subject areas not included in core |
23 | | subjects, including, but not limited to, art, music, |
24 | | physical education, health, driver education, |
25 | | career-technical education, and such other subject areas |
26 | | as may be mandated by State law or provided by an |
|
| | SB4056 | - 103 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | Organizational Unit. |
2 | | "Specially Funded Unit" means an Alternative School, |
3 | | safe school, Department of Juvenile Justice school, |
4 | | special education cooperative or entity recognized by the |
5 | | State Board as a special education cooperative, |
6 | | State-approved charter school, or alternative learning |
7 | | opportunities program that received direct funding from |
8 | | the State Board during the 2016-2017 school year through |
9 | | any of the funding sources included within the calculation |
10 | | of the Base Funding Minimum or Glenwood Academy. |
11 | | "Supplemental Grant Funding" means supplemental |
12 | | general State aid funding received by an Organizational |
13 | | Unit during the 2016-2017 school year pursuant to |
14 | | subsection (H) of Section 18-8.05 of this Code (now |
15 | | repealed). |
16 | | "State Adequacy Level" is the sum of the Adequacy |
17 | | Targets of all Organizational Units. |
18 | | "State Board" means the State Board of Education. |
19 | | "State Superintendent" means the State Superintendent |
20 | | of Education. |
21 | | "Statewide Weighted CWI" means a figure determined by |
22 | | multiplying each Organizational Unit CWI times the ASE for |
23 | | that Organizational Unit creating a weighted value, |
24 | | summing all Organizational Units' weighted values, and |
25 | | dividing by the total ASE of all Organizational Units, |
26 | | thereby creating an average weighted index. |
|
| | SB4056 | - 104 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | "Student activities" means non-credit producing |
2 | | after-school programs, including, but not limited to, |
3 | | clubs, bands, sports, and other activities authorized by |
4 | | the school board of the Organizational Unit. |
5 | | "Substitute teacher" means an individual teacher or |
6 | | teaching assistant who is employed by an Organizational |
7 | | Unit and is temporarily serving the Organizational Unit on |
8 | | a per diem or per period-assignment basis to replace |
9 | | another staff member. |
10 | | "Summer school" means academic and enrichment programs |
11 | | provided to students during the summer months outside of |
12 | | the regular school year. |
13 | | "Supervisory aide" means a non-licensed staff member |
14 | | who helps in supervising students of an Organizational |
15 | | Unit, but does so outside of the classroom, in situations |
16 | | such as, but not limited to, monitoring hallways and |
17 | | playgrounds, supervising lunchrooms, or supervising |
18 | | students when being transported in buses serving the |
19 | | Organizational Unit. |
20 | | "Target Ratio" is defined in paragraph (4) of |
21 | | subsection (g). |
22 | | "Tier 1", "Tier 2", "Tier 3", and "Tier 4" are defined |
23 | | in paragraph (3) of subsection (g). |
24 | | "Tier 1 Aggregate Funding", "Tier 2 Aggregate |
25 | | Funding", "Tier 3 Aggregate Funding", and "Tier 4 |
26 | | Aggregate Funding" are defined in paragraph (1) of |
|
| | SB4056 | - 105 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | subsection (g). |
2 | | (b) Adequacy Target calculation. |
3 | | (1) Each Organizational Unit's Adequacy Target is the |
4 | | sum of the Organizational Unit's cost of providing |
5 | | Essential Elements, as calculated in accordance with this |
6 | | subsection (b), with the salary amounts in the Essential |
7 | | Elements multiplied by a Regionalization Factor calculated |
8 | | pursuant to paragraph (3) of this subsection (b). |
9 | | (2) The Essential Elements are attributable on a pro |
10 | | rata basis related to defined subgroups of the ASE of each |
11 | | Organizational Unit as specified in this paragraph (2), |
12 | | with investments and FTE positions pro rata funded based |
13 | | on ASE counts in excess of or less than the thresholds set |
14 | | forth in this paragraph (2). The method for calculating |
15 | | attributable pro rata costs and the defined subgroups |
16 | | thereto are as follows: |
17 | | (A) Core class size investments. Each |
18 | | Organizational Unit shall receive the funding required |
19 | | to support that number of FTE core teacher positions |
20 | | as is needed to keep the respective class sizes of the |
21 | | Organizational Unit to the following maximum numbers: |
22 | | (i) For grades kindergarten through 3, the |
23 | | Organizational Unit shall receive funding required |
24 | | to support one FTE core teacher position for every |
25 | | 15 Low-Income Count students in those grades and |
26 | | one FTE core teacher position for every 20 |
|
| | SB4056 | - 106 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | non-Low-Income Count students in those grades. |
2 | | (ii) For grades 4 through 12, the |
3 | | Organizational Unit shall receive funding required |
4 | | to support one FTE core teacher position for every |
5 | | 20 Low-Income Count students in those grades and |
6 | | one FTE core teacher position for every 25 |
7 | | non-Low-Income Count students in those grades. |
8 | | The number of non-Low-Income Count students in a |
9 | | grade shall be determined by subtracting the |
10 | | Low-Income students in that grade from the ASE of the |
11 | | Organizational Unit for that grade. |
12 | | (B) Specialist teacher investments. Each |
13 | | Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed |
14 | | to cover that number of FTE specialist teacher |
15 | | positions that correspond to the following |
16 | | percentages: |
17 | | (i) if the Organizational Unit operates an |
18 | | elementary or middle school, then 20.00% of the |
19 | | number of the Organizational Unit's core teachers, |
20 | | as determined under subparagraph (A) of this |
21 | | paragraph (2); and |
22 | | (ii) if such Organizational Unit operates a |
23 | | high school, then 33.33% of the number of the |
24 | | Organizational Unit's core teachers. |
25 | | (C) Instructional facilitator investments. Each |
26 | | Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed |
|
| | SB4056 | - 107 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | to cover one FTE instructional facilitator position |
2 | | for every 200 combined ASE of pre-kindergarten |
3 | | children with disabilities and all kindergarten |
4 | | through grade 12 students of the Organizational Unit. |
5 | | (D) Core intervention teacher (tutor) investments. |
6 | | Each Organizational Unit shall receive the funding |
7 | | needed to cover one FTE teacher position for each |
8 | | prototypical elementary, middle, and high school. |
9 | | (E) Substitute teacher investments. Each |
10 | | Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed |
11 | | to cover substitute teacher costs that is equal to |
12 | | 5.70% of the minimum pupil attendance days required |
13 | | under Section 10-19 of this Code for all full-time |
14 | | equivalent core, specialist, and intervention |
15 | | teachers, school nurses, special education teachers |
16 | | and instructional assistants, instructional |
17 | | facilitators, and summer school and extended day |
18 | | teacher positions, as determined under this paragraph |
19 | | (2), at a salary rate of 33.33% of the average salary |
20 | | for grade K through 12 teachers and 33.33% of the |
21 | | average salary of each instructional assistant |
22 | | position. |
23 | | (F) Core school counselor investments. Each |
24 | | Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed |
25 | | to cover one FTE school counselor for each 450 |
26 | | combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with |
|
| | SB4056 | - 108 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 5 |
2 | | students, plus one FTE school counselor for each 250 |
3 | | grades 6 through 8 ASE middle school students, plus |
4 | | one FTE school counselor for each 250 grades 9 through |
5 | | 12 ASE high school students. |
6 | | (G) Nurse investments. Each Organizational Unit |
7 | | shall receive the funding needed to cover one FTE |
8 | | nurse for each 750 combined ASE of pre-kindergarten |
9 | | children with disabilities and all kindergarten |
10 | | through grade 12 students across all grade levels it |
11 | | serves. |
12 | | (H) Supervisory aide investments. Each |
13 | | Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed |
14 | | to cover one FTE for each 225 combined ASE of |
15 | | pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all |
16 | | kindergarten through grade 5 students, plus one FTE |
17 | | for each 225 ASE middle school students, plus one FTE |
18 | | for each 200 ASE high school students. |
19 | | (I) Librarian investments. Each Organizational |
20 | | Unit shall receive the funding needed to cover one FTE |
21 | | librarian for each prototypical elementary school, |
22 | | middle school, and high school and one FTE aide or |
23 | | media technician for every 300 combined ASE of |
24 | | pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all |
25 | | kindergarten through grade 12 students. |
26 | | (J) Principal investments. Each Organizational |
|
| | SB4056 | - 109 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | Unit shall receive the funding needed to cover one FTE |
2 | | principal position for each prototypical elementary |
3 | | school, plus one FTE principal position for each |
4 | | prototypical middle school, plus one FTE principal |
5 | | position for each prototypical high school. |
6 | | (K) Assistant principal investments. Each |
7 | | Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed |
8 | | to cover one FTE assistant principal position for each |
9 | | prototypical elementary school, plus one FTE assistant |
10 | | principal position for each prototypical middle |
11 | | school, plus one FTE assistant principal position for |
12 | | each prototypical high school. |
13 | | (L) School site staff investments. Each |
14 | | Organizational Unit shall receive the funding needed |
15 | | for one FTE position for each 225 ASE of |
16 | | pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all |
17 | | kindergarten through grade 5 students, plus one FTE |
18 | | position for each 225 ASE middle school students, plus |
19 | | one FTE position for each 200 ASE high school |
20 | | students. |
21 | | (M) Gifted investments. Each Organizational Unit |
22 | | shall receive $40 per kindergarten through grade 12 |
23 | | ASE. |
24 | | (N) Professional development investments. Each |
25 | | Organizational Unit shall receive $125 per student of |
26 | | the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with |
|
| | SB4056 | - 110 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 |
2 | | students for trainers and other professional |
3 | | development-related expenses for supplies and |
4 | | materials. |
5 | | (O) Instructional material investments. Each |
6 | | Organizational Unit shall receive $190 per student of |
7 | | the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with |
8 | | disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 |
9 | | students to cover instructional material costs. |
10 | | (P) Assessment investments. Each Organizational |
11 | | Unit shall receive $25 per student of the combined ASE |
12 | | of pre-kindergarten children with disabilities and all |
13 | | kindergarten through grade 12 students to cover |
14 | | assessment costs. |
15 | | (Q) Computer technology and equipment investments. |
16 | | Each Organizational Unit shall receive $285.50 per |
17 | | student of the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten |
18 | | children with disabilities and all kindergarten |
19 | | through grade 12 students to cover computer technology |
20 | | and equipment costs. For the 2018-2019 school year and |
21 | | subsequent school years, Organizational Units assigned |
22 | | to Tier 1 and Tier 2 in the prior school year shall |
23 | | receive an additional $285.50 per student of the |
24 | | combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with |
25 | | disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 |
26 | | students to cover computer technology and equipment |
|
| | SB4056 | - 111 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | costs in the Organizational Unit's Adequacy Target. |
2 | | The State Board may establish additional requirements |
3 | | for Organizational Unit expenditures of funds received |
4 | | pursuant to this subparagraph (Q), including a |
5 | | requirement that funds received pursuant to this |
6 | | subparagraph (Q) may be used only for serving the |
7 | | technology needs of the district. It is the intent of |
8 | | Public Act 100-465 that all Tier 1 and Tier 2 districts |
9 | | receive the addition to their Adequacy Target in the |
10 | | following year, subject to compliance with the |
11 | | requirements of the State Board. |
12 | | (R) Student activities investments. Each |
13 | | Organizational Unit shall receive the following |
14 | | funding amounts to cover student activities: $100 per |
15 | | kindergarten through grade 5 ASE student in elementary |
16 | | school, plus $200 per ASE student in middle school, |
17 | | plus $675 per ASE student in high school. |
18 | | (S) Maintenance and operations investments. Each |
19 | | Organizational Unit shall receive $1,038 per student |
20 | | of the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with |
21 | | disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 |
22 | | students for day-to-day maintenance and operations |
23 | | expenditures, including salary, supplies, and |
24 | | materials, as well as purchased services, but |
25 | | excluding employee benefits. The proportion of salary |
26 | | for the application of a Regionalization Factor and |
|
| | SB4056 | - 112 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | the calculation of benefits is equal to $352.92. |
2 | | (T) Central office investments. Each |
3 | | Organizational Unit shall receive $742 per student of |
4 | | the combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with |
5 | | disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 |
6 | | students to cover central office operations, including |
7 | | administrators and classified personnel charged with |
8 | | managing the instructional programs, business and |
9 | | operations of the school district, and security |
10 | | personnel. The proportion of salary for the |
11 | | application of a Regionalization Factor and the |
12 | | calculation of benefits is equal to $368.48. |
13 | | (U) Employee benefit investments. Each |
14 | | Organizational Unit shall receive 30% of the total of |
15 | | all salary-calculated elements of the Adequacy Target, |
16 | | excluding substitute teachers and student activities |
17 | | investments, to cover benefit costs. For central |
18 | | office and maintenance and operations investments, the |
19 | | benefit calculation shall be based upon the salary |
20 | | proportion of each investment. If at any time the |
21 | | responsibility for funding the employer normal cost of |
22 | | teacher pensions is assigned to school districts, then |
23 | | that amount certified by the Teachers' Retirement |
24 | | System of the State of Illinois to be paid by the |
25 | | Organizational Unit for the preceding school year |
26 | | shall be added to the benefit investment. For any |
|
| | SB4056 | - 113 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | fiscal year in which a school district organized under |
2 | | Article 34 of this Code is responsible for paying the |
3 | | employer normal cost of teacher pensions, then that |
4 | | amount of its employer normal cost plus the amount for |
5 | | retiree health insurance as certified by the Public |
6 | | School Teachers' Pension and Retirement Fund of |
7 | | Chicago to be paid by the school district for the |
8 | | preceding school year that is statutorily required to |
9 | | cover employer normal costs and the amount for retiree |
10 | | health insurance shall be added to the 30% specified |
11 | | in this subparagraph (U). The Teachers' Retirement |
12 | | System of the State of Illinois and the Public School |
13 | | Teachers' Pension and Retirement Fund of Chicago shall |
14 | | submit such information as the State Superintendent |
15 | | may require for the calculations set forth in this |
16 | | subparagraph (U). |
17 | | (V) Additional investments in low-income students. |
18 | | In addition to and not in lieu of all other funding |
19 | | under this paragraph (2), each Organizational Unit |
20 | | shall receive funding based on the average teacher |
21 | | salary for grades K through 12 to cover the costs of: |
22 | | (i) one FTE intervention teacher (tutor) |
23 | | position for every 125 Low-Income Count students; |
24 | | (ii) one FTE pupil support staff position for |
25 | | every 125 Low-Income Count students; |
26 | | (iii) one FTE extended day teacher position |
|
| | SB4056 | - 114 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | for every 120 Low-Income Count students; and |
2 | | (iv) one FTE summer school teacher position |
3 | | for every 120 Low-Income Count students. |
4 | | (W) Additional investments in English learner |
5 | | students. In addition to and not in lieu of all other |
6 | | funding under this paragraph (2), each Organizational |
7 | | Unit shall receive funding based on the average |
8 | | teacher salary for grades K through 12 to cover the |
9 | | costs of: |
10 | | (i) one FTE intervention teacher (tutor) |
11 | | position for every 125 English learner students; |
12 | | (ii) one FTE pupil support staff position for |
13 | | every 125 English learner students; |
14 | | (iii) one FTE extended day teacher position |
15 | | for every 120 English learner students; |
16 | | (iv) one FTE summer school teacher position |
17 | | for every 120 English learner students; and |
18 | | (v) one FTE core teacher position for every |
19 | | 100 English learner students. |
20 | | (X) Special education investments. Each |
21 | | Organizational Unit shall receive funding based on the |
22 | | average teacher salary for grades K through 12 to |
23 | | cover special education as follows: |
24 | | (i) one FTE teacher position for every 141 |
25 | | combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with |
26 | | disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 |
|
| | SB4056 | - 115 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | students; |
2 | | (ii) one FTE instructional assistant for every |
3 | | 141 combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children with |
4 | | disabilities and all kindergarten through grade 12 |
5 | | students; and |
6 | | (iii) one FTE psychologist position for every |
7 | | 1,000 combined ASE of pre-kindergarten children |
8 | | with disabilities and all kindergarten through |
9 | | grade 12 students. |
10 | | (3) For calculating the salaries included within the |
11 | | Essential Elements, the State Superintendent shall |
12 | | annually calculate average salaries to the nearest dollar |
13 | | using the employment information system data maintained by |
14 | | the State Board, limited to public schools only and |
15 | | excluding special education and vocational cooperatives, |
16 | | schools operated by the Department of Juvenile Justice, |
17 | | and charter schools, for the following positions: |
18 | | (A) Teacher for grades K through 8. |
19 | | (B) Teacher for grades 9 through 12. |
20 | | (C) Teacher for grades K through 12. |
21 | | (D) School counselor for grades K through 8. |
22 | | (E) School counselor for grades 9 through 12. |
23 | | (F) School counselor for grades K through 12. |
24 | | (G) Social worker. |
25 | | (H) Psychologist. |
26 | | (I) Librarian. |
|
| | SB4056 | - 116 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | (J) Nurse. |
2 | | (K) Principal. |
3 | | (L) Assistant principal. |
4 | | For the purposes of this paragraph (3), "teacher" |
5 | | includes core teachers, specialist and elective teachers, |
6 | | instructional facilitators, tutors, special education |
7 | | teachers, pupil support staff teachers, English learner |
8 | | teachers, extended day teachers, and summer school |
9 | | teachers. Where specific grade data is not required for |
10 | | the Essential Elements, the average salary for |
11 | | corresponding positions shall apply. For substitute |
12 | | teachers, the average teacher salary for grades K through |
13 | | 12 shall apply. |
14 | | For calculating the salaries included within the |
15 | | Essential Elements for positions not included within EIS |
16 | | Data, the following salaries shall be used in the first |
17 | | year of implementation of Evidence-Based Funding: |
18 | | (i) school site staff, $30,000; and |
19 | | (ii) non-instructional assistant, instructional |
20 | | assistant, library aide, library media tech, or |
21 | | supervisory aide: $25,000. |
22 | | In the second and subsequent years of implementation |
23 | | of Evidence-Based Funding, the amounts in items (i) and |
24 | | (ii) of this paragraph (3) shall annually increase by the |
25 | | ECI. |
26 | | The salary amounts for the Essential Elements |
|
| | SB4056 | - 117 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | determined pursuant to subparagraphs (A) through (L), (S) |
2 | | and (T), and (V) through (X) of paragraph (2) of |
3 | | subsection (b) of this Section shall be multiplied by a |
4 | | Regionalization Factor. |
5 | | (c) Local Capacity calculation. |
6 | | (1) Each Organizational Unit's Local Capacity |
7 | | represents an amount of funding it is assumed to |
8 | | contribute toward its Adequacy Target for purposes of the |
9 | | Evidence-Based Funding formula calculation. "Local |
10 | | Capacity" means either (i) the Organizational Unit's Local |
11 | | Capacity Target as calculated in accordance with paragraph |
12 | | (2) of this subsection (c) if its Real Receipts are equal |
13 | | to or less than its Local Capacity Target or (ii) the |
14 | | Organizational Unit's Adjusted Local Capacity, as |
15 | | calculated in accordance with paragraph (3) of this |
16 | | subsection (c) if Real Receipts are more than its Local |
17 | | Capacity Target. |
18 | | (2) "Local Capacity Target" means, for an |
19 | | Organizational Unit, that dollar amount that is obtained |
20 | | by multiplying its Adequacy Target by its Local Capacity |
21 | | Ratio. |
22 | | (A) An Organizational Unit's Local Capacity |
23 | | Percentage is the conversion of the Organizational |
24 | | Unit's Local Capacity Ratio, as such ratio is |
25 | | determined in accordance with subparagraph (B) of this |
26 | | paragraph (2), into a cumulative distribution |
|
| | SB4056 | - 118 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | resulting in a percentile ranking to determine each |
2 | | Organizational Unit's relative position to all other |
3 | | Organizational Units in this State. The calculation of |
4 | | Local Capacity Percentage is described in subparagraph |
5 | | (C) of this paragraph (2). |
6 | | (B) An Organizational Unit's Local Capacity Ratio |
7 | | in a given year is the percentage obtained by dividing |
8 | | its Adjusted EAV or PTELL EAV, whichever is less, by |
9 | | its Adequacy Target, with the resulting ratio further |
10 | | adjusted as follows: |
11 | | (i) for Organizational Units serving grades |
12 | | kindergarten through 12 and Hybrid Districts, no |
13 | | further adjustments shall be made; |
14 | | (ii) for Organizational Units serving grades |
15 | | kindergarten through 8, the ratio shall be |
16 | | multiplied by 9/13; |
17 | | (iii) for Organizational Units serving grades |
18 | | 9 through 12, the Local Capacity Ratio shall be |
19 | | multiplied by 4/13; and |
20 | | (iv) for an Organizational Unit with a |
21 | | different grade configuration than those specified |
22 | | in items (i) through (iii) of this subparagraph |
23 | | (B), the State Superintendent shall determine a |
24 | | comparable adjustment based on the grades served. |
25 | | (C) The Local Capacity Percentage is equal to the |
26 | | percentile ranking of the district. Local Capacity |
|
| | SB4056 | - 119 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | Percentage converts each Organizational Unit's Local |
2 | | Capacity Ratio to a cumulative distribution resulting |
3 | | in a percentile ranking to determine each |
4 | | Organizational Unit's relative position to all other |
5 | | Organizational Units in this State. The Local Capacity |
6 | | Percentage cumulative distribution resulting in a |
7 | | percentile ranking for each Organizational Unit shall |
8 | | be calculated using the standard normal distribution |
9 | | of the score in relation to the weighted mean and |
10 | | weighted standard deviation and Local Capacity Ratios |
11 | | of all Organizational Units. If the value assigned to |
12 | | any Organizational Unit is in excess of 90%, the value |
13 | | shall be adjusted to 90%. For Laboratory Schools, the |
14 | | Local Capacity Percentage shall be set at 10% in
|
15 | | recognition of the absence of EAV and resources from |
16 | | the public university that are allocated to
the |
17 | | Laboratory School. For programs operated by a regional |
18 | | office of education or an intermediate service center, |
19 | | the Local Capacity Percentage must be set at 10% in |
20 | | recognition of the absence of EAV and resources from |
21 | | school districts that are allocated to the regional |
22 | | office of education or intermediate service center. |
23 | | The weighted mean for the Local Capacity Percentage |
24 | | shall be determined by multiplying each Organizational |
25 | | Unit's Local Capacity Ratio times the ASE for the unit |
26 | | creating a weighted value, summing the weighted values |
|
| | SB4056 | - 120 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | of all Organizational Units, and dividing by the total |
2 | | ASE of all Organizational Units. The weighted standard |
3 | | deviation shall be determined by taking the square |
4 | | root of the weighted variance of all Organizational |
5 | | Units' Local Capacity Ratio, where the variance is |
6 | | calculated by squaring the difference between each |
7 | | unit's Local Capacity Ratio and the weighted mean, |
8 | | then multiplying the variance for each unit times the |
9 | | ASE for the unit to create a weighted variance for each |
10 | | unit, then summing all units' weighted variance and |
11 | | dividing by the total ASE of all units. |
12 | | (D) For any Organizational Unit, the |
13 | | Organizational Unit's Adjusted Local Capacity Target |
14 | | shall be reduced by either (i) the school board's |
15 | | remaining contribution pursuant to paragraph (ii) of |
16 | | subsection (b-4) of Section 16-158 of the Illinois |
17 | | Pension Code in a given year or (ii) the board of |
18 | | education's remaining contribution pursuant to |
19 | | paragraph (iv) of subsection (b) of Section 17-129 of |
20 | | the Illinois Pension Code absent the employer normal |
21 | | cost portion of the required contribution and amount |
22 | | allowed pursuant to subdivision (3) of Section |
23 | | 17-142.1 of the Illinois Pension Code in a given year. |
24 | | In the preceding sentence, item (i) shall be certified |
25 | | to the State Board of Education by the Teachers' |
26 | | Retirement System of the State of Illinois and item |
|
| | SB4056 | - 121 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | (ii) shall be certified to the State Board of |
2 | | Education by the Public School Teachers' Pension and |
3 | | Retirement Fund of the City of Chicago. |
4 | | (3) If an Organizational Unit's Real Receipts are more |
5 | | than its Local Capacity Target, then its Local Capacity |
6 | | shall equal an Adjusted Local Capacity Target as |
7 | | calculated in accordance with this paragraph (3). The |
8 | | Adjusted Local Capacity Target is calculated as the sum of |
9 | | the Organizational Unit's Local Capacity Target and its |
10 | | Real Receipts Adjustment. The Real Receipts Adjustment |
11 | | equals the Organizational Unit's Real Receipts less its |
12 | | Local Capacity Target, with the resulting figure |
13 | | multiplied by the Local Capacity Percentage. |
14 | | As used in this paragraph (3), "Real Percent of |
15 | | Adequacy" means the sum of an Organizational Unit's Real |
16 | | Receipts, CPPRT, and Base Funding Minimum, with the |
17 | | resulting figure divided by the Organizational Unit's |
18 | | Adequacy Target. |
19 | | (d) Calculation of Real Receipts, EAV, and Adjusted EAV |
20 | | for purposes of the Local Capacity calculation. |
21 | | (1) An Organizational Unit's Real Receipts are the |
22 | | product of its Applicable Tax Rate and its Adjusted EAV. |
23 | | An Organizational Unit's Applicable Tax Rate is its |
24 | | Adjusted Operating Tax Rate for property within the |
25 | | Organizational Unit. |
26 | | (2) The State Superintendent shall calculate the |
|
| | SB4056 | - 122 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | equalized assessed valuation, or EAV, of all taxable |
2 | | property of each Organizational Unit as of September 30 of |
3 | | the previous year in accordance with paragraph (3) of this |
4 | | subsection (d). The State Superintendent shall then |
5 | | determine the Adjusted EAV of each Organizational Unit in |
6 | | accordance with paragraph (4) of this subsection (d), |
7 | | which Adjusted EAV figure shall be used for the purposes |
8 | | of calculating Local Capacity. |
9 | | (3) To calculate Real Receipts and EAV, the Department |
10 | | of Revenue shall supply to the State Superintendent the |
11 | | value as equalized or assessed by the Department of |
12 | | Revenue of all taxable property of every Organizational |
13 | | Unit, together with (i) the applicable tax rate used in |
14 | | extending taxes for the funds of the Organizational Unit |
15 | | as of September 30 of the previous year and (ii) the |
16 | | limiting rate for all Organizational Units subject to |
17 | | property tax extension limitations as imposed under PTELL. |
18 | | (A) The Department of Revenue shall add to the |
19 | | equalized assessed value of all taxable property of |
20 | | each Organizational Unit situated entirely or |
21 | | partially within a county that is or was subject to the |
22 | | provisions of Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property |
23 | | Tax Code (i) an amount equal to the total amount by |
24 | | which the homestead exemption allowed under Section |
25 | | 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property Tax Code for real |
26 | | property situated in that Organizational Unit exceeds |
|
| | SB4056 | - 123 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | the total amount that would have been allowed in that |
2 | | Organizational Unit if the maximum reduction under |
3 | | Section 15-176 was (I) $4,500 in Cook County or $3,500 |
4 | | in all other counties in tax year 2003 or (II) $5,000 |
5 | | in all counties in tax year 2004 and thereafter and |
6 | | (ii) an amount equal to the aggregate amount for the |
7 | | taxable year of all additional exemptions under |
8 | | Section 15-175 of the Property Tax Code for owners |
9 | | with a household income of $30,000 or less. The county |
10 | | clerk of any county that is or was subject to the |
11 | | provisions of Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property |
12 | | Tax Code shall annually calculate and certify to the |
13 | | Department of Revenue for each Organizational Unit all |
14 | | homestead exemption amounts under Section 15-176 or |
15 | | 15-177 of the Property Tax Code and all amounts of |
16 | | additional exemptions under Section 15-175 of the |
17 | | Property Tax Code for owners with a household income |
18 | | of $30,000 or less. It is the intent of this |
19 | | subparagraph (A) that if the general homestead |
20 | | exemption for a parcel of property is determined under |
21 | | Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property Tax Code |
22 | | rather than Section 15-175, then the calculation of |
23 | | EAV shall not be affected by the difference, if any, |
24 | | between the amount of the general homestead exemption |
25 | | allowed for that parcel of property under Section |
26 | | 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property Tax Code and the |
|
| | SB4056 | - 124 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | amount that would have been allowed had the general |
2 | | homestead exemption for that parcel of property been |
3 | | determined under Section 15-175 of the Property Tax |
4 | | Code. It is further the intent of this subparagraph |
5 | | (A) that if additional exemptions are allowed under |
6 | | Section 15-175 of the Property Tax Code for owners |
7 | | with a household income of less than $30,000, then the |
8 | | calculation of EAV shall not be affected by the |
9 | | difference, if any, because of those additional |
10 | | exemptions. |
11 | | (B) With respect to any part of an Organizational |
12 | | Unit within a redevelopment project area in respect to |
13 | | which a municipality has adopted tax increment |
14 | | allocation financing pursuant to the Tax Increment |
15 | | Allocation Redevelopment Act, Division 74.4 of Article |
16 | | 11 of the Illinois Municipal Code, or the Industrial |
17 | | Jobs Recovery Law, Division 74.6 of Article 11 of the |
18 | | Illinois Municipal Code, no part of the current EAV of |
19 | | real property located in any such project area that is |
20 | | attributable to an increase above the total initial |
21 | | EAV of such property shall be used as part of the EAV |
22 | | of the Organizational Unit, until such time as all |
23 | | redevelopment project costs have been paid, as |
24 | | provided in Section 11-74.4-8 of the Tax Increment |
25 | | Allocation Redevelopment Act or in Section 11-74.6-35 |
26 | | of the Industrial Jobs Recovery Law. For the purpose |
|
| | SB4056 | - 125 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | of the EAV of the Organizational Unit, the total |
2 | | initial EAV or the current EAV, whichever is lower, |
3 | | shall be used until such time as all redevelopment |
4 | | project costs have been paid. |
5 | | (B-5) The real property equalized assessed |
6 | | valuation for a school district shall be adjusted by |
7 | | subtracting from the real property value, as equalized |
8 | | or assessed by the Department of Revenue, for the |
9 | | district an amount computed by dividing the amount of |
10 | | any abatement of taxes under Section 18-170 of the |
11 | | Property Tax Code by 3.00% for a district maintaining |
12 | | grades kindergarten through 12, by 2.30% for a |
13 | | district maintaining grades kindergarten through 8, or |
14 | | by 1.05% for a district maintaining grades 9 through |
15 | | 12 and adjusted by an amount computed by dividing the |
16 | | amount of any abatement of taxes under subsection (a) |
17 | | of Section 18-165 of the Property Tax Code by the same |
18 | | percentage rates for district type as specified in |
19 | | this subparagraph (B-5). |
20 | | (C) For Organizational Units that are Hybrid |
21 | | Districts, the State Superintendent shall use the |
22 | | lesser of the adjusted equalized assessed valuation |
23 | | for property within the partial elementary unit |
24 | | district for elementary purposes, as defined in |
25 | | Article 11E of this Code, or the adjusted equalized |
26 | | assessed valuation for property within the partial |
|
| | SB4056 | - 126 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | elementary unit district for high school purposes, as |
2 | | defined in Article 11E of this Code. |
3 | | (D) If a school district's boundaries span |
4 | | multiple counties, then the Department of Revenue |
5 | | shall send to the State Board, for the purposes of |
6 | | calculating Evidence-Based Funding, the limiting rate |
7 | | and individual rates by purpose for the county that |
8 | | contains the majority of the school district's |
9 | | equalized assessed valuation. |
10 | | (4) An Organizational Unit's Adjusted EAV shall be the |
11 | | average of its EAV over the immediately preceding 3 years |
12 | | or its EAV in the immediately preceding year if the EAV in |
13 | | the immediately preceding year has declined by 10% or more |
14 | | compared to the 3-year average. In the event of |
15 | | Organizational Unit reorganization, consolidation, or |
16 | | annexation, the Organizational Unit's Adjusted EAV for the |
17 | | first 3 years after such change shall be as follows: the |
18 | | most current EAV shall be used in the first year, the |
19 | | average of a 2-year EAV or its EAV in the immediately |
20 | | preceding year if the EAV declines by 10% or more compared |
21 | | to the 2-year average for the second year, and a 3-year |
22 | | average EAV or its EAV in the immediately preceding year |
23 | | if the Adjusted EAV declines by 10% or more compared to the |
24 | | 3-year average for the third year. For any school district |
25 | | whose EAV in the immediately preceding year is used in |
26 | | calculations, in the following year, the Adjusted EAV |
|
| | SB4056 | - 127 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | shall be the average of its EAV over the immediately |
2 | | preceding 2 years or the immediately preceding year if |
3 | | that year represents a decline of 10% or more compared to |
4 | | the 2-year average. |
5 | | "PTELL EAV" means a figure calculated by the State |
6 | | Board for Organizational Units subject to PTELL as |
7 | | described in this paragraph (4) for the purposes of |
8 | | calculating an Organizational Unit's Local Capacity Ratio. |
9 | | Except as otherwise provided in this paragraph (4), the |
10 | | PTELL EAV of an Organizational Unit shall be equal to the |
11 | | product of the equalized assessed valuation last used in |
12 | | the calculation of general State aid under Section 18-8.05 |
13 | | of this Code (now repealed) or Evidence-Based Funding |
14 | | under this Section and the Organizational Unit's Extension |
15 | | Limitation Ratio. If an Organizational Unit has approved |
16 | | or does approve an increase in its limiting rate, pursuant |
17 | | to Section 18-190 of the Property Tax Code, affecting the |
18 | | Base Tax Year, the PTELL EAV shall be equal to the product |
19 | | of the equalized assessed valuation last used in the |
20 | | calculation of general State aid under Section 18-8.05 of |
21 | | this Code (now repealed) or Evidence-Based Funding under |
22 | | this Section multiplied by an amount equal to one plus the |
23 | | percentage increase, if any, in the Consumer Price Index |
24 | | for All Urban Consumers for all items published by the |
25 | | United States Department of Labor for the 12-month |
26 | | calendar year preceding the Base Tax Year, plus the |
|
| | SB4056 | - 128 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | equalized assessed valuation of new property, annexed |
2 | | property, and recovered tax increment value and minus the |
3 | | equalized assessed valuation of disconnected property. |
4 | | As used in this paragraph (4), "new property" and |
5 | | "recovered tax increment value" shall have the meanings |
6 | | set forth in the Property Tax Extension Limitation Law. |
7 | | (e) Base Funding Minimum calculation. |
8 | | (1) For the 2017-2018 school year, the Base Funding |
9 | | Minimum of an Organizational Unit or a Specially Funded |
10 | | Unit shall be the amount of State funds distributed to the |
11 | | Organizational Unit or Specially Funded Unit during the |
12 | | 2016-2017 school year prior to any adjustments and |
13 | | specified appropriation amounts described in this |
14 | | paragraph (1) from the following Sections, as calculated |
15 | | by the State Superintendent: Section 18-8.05 of this Code |
16 | | (now repealed); Section 5 of Article 224 of Public Act |
17 | | 99-524 (equity grants); Section 14-7.02b of this Code |
18 | | (funding for children requiring special education |
19 | | services); Section 14-13.01 of this Code (special |
20 | | education facilities and staffing), except for |
21 | | reimbursement of the cost of transportation pursuant to |
22 | | Section 14-13.01; Section 14C-12 of this Code (English |
23 | | learners); and Section 18-4.3 of this Code (summer |
24 | | school), based on an appropriation level of $13,121,600. |
25 | | For a school district organized under Article 34 of this |
26 | | Code, the Base Funding Minimum also includes (i) the funds |
|
| | SB4056 | - 129 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | allocated to the school district pursuant to Section 1D-1 |
2 | | of this Code attributable to funding programs authorized |
3 | | by the Sections of this Code listed in the preceding |
4 | | sentence and (ii) the difference between (I) the funds |
5 | | allocated to the school district pursuant to Section 1D-1 |
6 | | of this Code attributable to the funding programs |
7 | | authorized by Section 14-7.02 (non-public special |
8 | | education reimbursement), subsection (b) of Section |
9 | | 14-13.01 (special education transportation), Section 29-5 |
10 | | (transportation), Section 2-3.80 (agricultural |
11 | | education), Section 2-3.66 (truants' alternative |
12 | | education), Section 2-3.62 (educational service centers), |
13 | | and Section 14-7.03 (special education - orphanage) of |
14 | | this Code and Section 15 of the Childhood Hunger Relief |
15 | | Act (free breakfast program) and (II) the school |
16 | | district's actual expenditures for its non-public special |
17 | | education, special education transportation, |
18 | | transportation programs, agricultural education, truants' |
19 | | alternative education, services that would otherwise be |
20 | | performed by a regional office of education, special |
21 | | education orphanage expenditures, and free breakfast, as |
22 | | most recently calculated and reported pursuant to |
23 | | subsection (f) of Section 1D-1 of this Code. The Base |
24 | | Funding Minimum for Glenwood Academy shall be $625,500. |
25 | | For programs operated by a regional office of education or |
26 | | an intermediate service center, the Base Funding Minimum |
|
| | SB4056 | - 130 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | must be the total amount of State funds allocated to those |
2 | | programs in the 2018-2019 school year and amounts provided |
3 | | pursuant to Article 34 of Public Act 100-586 and Section |
4 | | 3-16 of this Code. All programs established after June 5, |
5 | | 2019 (the effective date of Public Act 101-10) and |
6 | | administered by a regional office of education or an |
7 | | intermediate service center must have an initial Base |
8 | | Funding Minimum set to an amount equal to the first-year |
9 | | ASE multiplied by the amount of per pupil funding received |
10 | | in the previous school year by the lowest funded similar |
11 | | existing program type. If the enrollment for a program |
12 | | operated by a regional office of education or an |
13 | | intermediate service center is zero, then it may not |
14 | | receive Base Funding Minimum funds for that program in the |
15 | | next fiscal year, and those funds must be distributed to |
16 | | Organizational Units under subsection (g). |
17 | | (2) For the 2018-2019 and subsequent school years, the |
18 | | Base Funding Minimum of Organizational Units and Specially |
19 | | Funded Units shall be the sum of (i) the amount of |
20 | | Evidence-Based Funding for the prior school year, (ii) the |
21 | | Base Funding Minimum for the prior school year, and (iii) |
22 | | any amount received by a school district pursuant to |
23 | | Section 7 of Article 97 of Public Act 100-21. |
24 | | (3) Subject to approval by the General Assembly as |
25 | | provided in this paragraph (3), an Organizational Unit |
26 | | that meets all of the following criteria, as determined by |
|
| | SB4056 | - 131 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | the State Board, shall have District Intervention Money |
2 | | added to its Base Funding Minimum at the time the Base |
3 | | Funding Minimum is calculated by the State Board: |
4 | | (A) The Organizational Unit is operating under an |
5 | | Independent Authority under Section 2-3.25f-5 of this |
6 | | Code for a minimum of 4 school years or is subject to |
7 | | the control of the State Board pursuant to a court |
8 | | order for a minimum of 4 school years. |
9 | | (B) The Organizational Unit was designated as a |
10 | | Tier 1 or Tier 2 Organizational Unit in the previous |
11 | | school year under paragraph (3) of subsection (g) of |
12 | | this Section. |
13 | | (C) The Organizational Unit demonstrates |
14 | | sustainability through a 5-year financial and |
15 | | strategic plan. |
16 | | (D) The Organizational Unit has made sufficient |
17 | | progress and achieved sufficient stability in the |
18 | | areas of governance, academic growth, and finances. |
19 | | As part of its determination under this paragraph (3), |
20 | | the State Board may consider the Organizational Unit's |
21 | | summative designation, any accreditations of the |
22 | | Organizational Unit, or the Organizational Unit's |
23 | | financial profile, as calculated by the State Board. |
24 | | If the State Board determines that an Organizational |
25 | | Unit has met the criteria set forth in this paragraph (3), |
26 | | it must submit a report to the General Assembly, no later |
|
| | SB4056 | - 132 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | than January 2 of the fiscal year in which the State Board |
2 | | makes it determination, on the amount of District |
3 | | Intervention Money to add to the Organizational Unit's |
4 | | Base Funding Minimum. The General Assembly must review the |
5 | | State Board's report and may approve or disapprove, by |
6 | | joint resolution, the addition of District Intervention |
7 | | Money. If the General Assembly fails to act on the report |
8 | | within 40 calendar days from the receipt of the report, |
9 | | the addition of District Intervention Money is deemed |
10 | | approved. If the General Assembly approves the amount of |
11 | | District Intervention Money to be added to the |
12 | | Organizational Unit's Base Funding Minimum, the District |
13 | | Intervention Money must be added to the Base Funding |
14 | | Minimum annually thereafter. |
15 | | For the first 4 years following the initial year that |
16 | | the State Board determines that an Organizational Unit has |
17 | | met the criteria set forth in this paragraph (3) and has |
18 | | received funding under this Section, the Organizational |
19 | | Unit must annually submit to the State Board, on or before |
20 | | November 30, a progress report regarding its financial and |
21 | | strategic plan under subparagraph (C) of this paragraph |
22 | | (3). The plan shall include the financial data from the |
23 | | past 4 annual financial reports or financial audits that |
24 | | must be presented to the State Board by November 15 of each |
25 | | year and the approved budget financial data for the |
26 | | current year. The plan shall be developed according to the |
|
| | SB4056 | - 133 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | guidelines presented to the Organizational Unit by the |
2 | | State Board. The plan shall further include financial |
3 | | projections for the next 3 fiscal years and include a |
4 | | discussion and financial summary of the Organizational |
5 | | Unit's facility needs. If the Organizational Unit does not |
6 | | demonstrate sufficient progress toward its 5-year plan or |
7 | | if it has failed to file an annual financial report, an |
8 | | annual budget, a financial plan, a deficit reduction plan, |
9 | | or other financial information as required by law, the |
10 | | State Board may establish a Financial Oversight Panel |
11 | | under Article 1H of this Code. However, if the |
12 | | Organizational Unit already has a Financial Oversight |
13 | | Panel, the State Board may extend the duration of the |
14 | | Panel. |
15 | | (f) Percent of Adequacy and Final Resources calculation. |
16 | | (1) The Evidence-Based Funding formula establishes a |
17 | | Percent of Adequacy for each Organizational Unit in order |
18 | | to place such units into tiers for the purposes of the |
19 | | funding distribution system described in subsection (g) of |
20 | | this Section. Initially, an Organizational Unit's |
21 | | Preliminary Resources and Preliminary Percent of Adequacy |
22 | | are calculated pursuant to paragraph (2) of this |
23 | | subsection (f). Then, an Organizational Unit's Final |
24 | | Resources and Final Percent of Adequacy are calculated to |
25 | | account for the Organizational Unit's poverty |
26 | | concentration levels pursuant to paragraphs (3) and (4) of |
|
| | SB4056 | - 134 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | this subsection (f). |
2 | | (2) An Organizational Unit's Preliminary Resources are |
3 | | equal to the sum of its Local Capacity Target, CPPRT, and |
4 | | Base Funding Minimum. An Organizational Unit's Preliminary |
5 | | Percent of Adequacy is the lesser of (i) its Preliminary |
6 | | Resources divided by its Adequacy Target or (ii) 100%. |
7 | | (3) Except for Specially Funded Units, an |
8 | | Organizational Unit's Final Resources are equal to the sum |
9 | | of its Local Capacity, CPPRT, and Adjusted Base Funding |
10 | | Minimum. The Base Funding Minimum of each Specially Funded |
11 | | Unit shall serve as its Final Resources, except that the |
12 | | Base Funding Minimum for State-approved charter schools |
13 | | shall not include any portion of general State aid |
14 | | allocated in the prior year based on the per capita |
15 | | tuition charge times the charter school enrollment. |
16 | | (4) An Organizational Unit's Final Percent of Adequacy |
17 | | is its Final Resources divided by its Adequacy Target. An |
18 | | Organizational Unit's Adjusted Base Funding Minimum is |
19 | | equal to its Base Funding Minimum less its Supplemental |
20 | | Grant Funding, with the resulting figure added to the |
21 | | product of its Supplemental Grant Funding and Preliminary |
22 | | Percent of Adequacy. |
23 | | (g) Evidence-Based Funding formula distribution system. |
24 | | (1) In each school year under the Evidence-Based |
25 | | Funding formula, each Organizational Unit receives funding |
26 | | equal to the sum of its Base Funding Minimum and the unit's |
|
| | SB4056 | - 135 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | allocation of New State Funds determined pursuant to this |
2 | | subsection (g). To allocate New State Funds, the |
3 | | Evidence-Based Funding formula distribution system first |
4 | | places all Organizational Units into one of 4 tiers in |
5 | | accordance with paragraph (3) of this subsection (g), |
6 | | based on the Organizational Unit's Final Percent of |
7 | | Adequacy. New State Funds are allocated to each of the 4 |
8 | | tiers as follows: Tier 1 Aggregate Funding equals 50% of |
9 | | all New State Funds, Tier 2 Aggregate Funding equals 49% |
10 | | of all New State Funds, Tier 3 Aggregate Funding equals |
11 | | 0.9% of all New State Funds, and Tier 4 Aggregate Funding |
12 | | equals 0.1% of all New State Funds. Each Organizational |
13 | | Unit within Tier 1 or Tier 2 receives an allocation of New |
14 | | State Funds equal to its tier Funding Gap, as defined in |
15 | | the following sentence, multiplied by the tier's |
16 | | Allocation Rate determined pursuant to paragraph (4) of |
17 | | this subsection (g). For Tier 1, an Organizational Unit's |
18 | | Funding Gap equals the tier's Target Ratio, as specified |
19 | | in paragraph (5) of this subsection (g), multiplied by the |
20 | | Organizational Unit's Adequacy Target, with the resulting |
21 | | amount reduced by the Organizational Unit's Final |
22 | | Resources. For Tier 2, an Organizational Unit's Funding |
23 | | Gap equals the tier's Target Ratio, as described in |
24 | | paragraph (5) of this subsection (g), multiplied by the |
25 | | Organizational Unit's Adequacy Target, with the resulting |
26 | | amount reduced by the Organizational Unit's Final |
|
| | SB4056 | - 136 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | Resources and its Tier 1 funding allocation. To determine |
2 | | the Organizational Unit's Funding Gap, the resulting |
3 | | amount is then multiplied by a factor equal to one minus |
4 | | the Organizational Unit's Local Capacity Target |
5 | | percentage. Each Organizational Unit within Tier 3 or Tier |
6 | | 4 receives an allocation of New State Funds equal to the |
7 | | product of its Adequacy Target and the tier's Allocation |
8 | | Rate, as specified in paragraph (4) of this subsection |
9 | | (g). |
10 | | (2) To ensure equitable distribution of dollars for |
11 | | all Tier 2 Organizational Units, no Tier 2 Organizational |
12 | | Unit shall receive fewer dollars per ASE than any Tier 3 |
13 | | Organizational Unit. Each Tier 2 and Tier 3 Organizational |
14 | | Unit shall have its funding allocation divided by its ASE. |
15 | | Any Tier 2 Organizational Unit with a funding allocation |
16 | | per ASE below the greatest Tier 3 allocation per ASE shall |
17 | | get a funding allocation equal to the greatest Tier 3 |
18 | | funding allocation per ASE multiplied by the |
19 | | Organizational Unit's ASE. Each Tier 2 Organizational |
20 | | Unit's Tier 2 funding allocation shall be multiplied by |
21 | | the percentage calculated by dividing the original Tier 2 |
22 | | Aggregate Funding by the sum of all Tier 2 Organizational |
23 | | Units' Tier 2 funding allocation after adjusting |
24 | | districts' funding below Tier 3 levels. |
25 | | (3) Organizational Units are placed into one of 4 |
26 | | tiers as follows: |
|
| | SB4056 | - 137 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | (A) Tier 1 consists of all Organizational Units, |
2 | | except for Specially Funded Units, with a Percent of |
3 | | Adequacy less than the Tier 1 Target Ratio. The Tier 1 |
4 | | Target Ratio is the ratio level that allows for Tier 1 |
5 | | Aggregate Funding to be distributed, with the Tier 1 |
6 | | Allocation Rate determined pursuant to paragraph (4) |
7 | | of this subsection (g). |
8 | | (B) Tier 2 consists of all Tier 1 Units and all |
9 | | other Organizational Units, except for Specially |
10 | | Funded Units, with a Percent of Adequacy of less than |
11 | | 0.90. |
12 | | (C) Tier 3 consists of all Organizational Units, |
13 | | except for Specially Funded Units, with a Percent of |
14 | | Adequacy of at least 0.90 and less than 1.0. |
15 | | (D) Tier 4 consists of all Organizational Units |
16 | | with a Percent of Adequacy of at least 1.0. |
17 | | (4) The Allocation Rates for Tiers 1 through 4 are |
18 | | determined as follows: |
19 | | (A) The Tier 1 Allocation Rate is 30%. |
20 | | (B) The Tier 2 Allocation Rate is the result of the |
21 | | following equation: Tier 2 Aggregate Funding, divided |
22 | | by the sum of the Funding Gaps for all Tier 2 |
23 | | Organizational Units, unless the result of such |
24 | | equation is higher than 1.0. If the result of such |
25 | | equation is higher than 1.0, then the Tier 2 |
26 | | Allocation Rate is 1.0. |
|
| | SB4056 | - 138 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | (C) The Tier 3 Allocation Rate is the result of the |
2 | | following equation: Tier 3
Aggregate Funding, divided |
3 | | by the sum of the Adequacy Targets of all Tier 3 |
4 | | Organizational
Units. |
5 | | (D) The Tier 4 Allocation Rate is the result of the |
6 | | following equation: Tier 4
Aggregate Funding, divided |
7 | | by the sum of the Adequacy Targets of all Tier 4 |
8 | | Organizational
Units. |
9 | | (5) A tier's Target Ratio is determined as follows: |
10 | | (A) The Tier 1 Target Ratio is the ratio level that |
11 | | allows for Tier 1 Aggregate Funding to be distributed |
12 | | with the Tier 1 Allocation Rate. |
13 | | (B) The Tier 2 Target Ratio is 0.90. |
14 | | (C) The Tier 3 Target Ratio is 1.0. |
15 | | (6) If, at any point, the Tier 1 Target Ratio is |
16 | | greater than 90%, then all Tier 1 funding shall be |
17 | | allocated to Tier 2 and no Tier 1 Organizational Unit's |
18 | | funding may be identified. |
19 | | (7) In the event that all Tier 2 Organizational Units |
20 | | receive funding at the Tier 2 Target Ratio level, any |
21 | | remaining New State Funds shall be allocated to Tier 3 and |
22 | | Tier 4 Organizational Units. |
23 | | (8) If any Specially Funded Units, excluding Glenwood |
24 | | Academy, recognized by the State Board do not qualify for |
25 | | direct funding following the implementation of Public Act |
26 | | 100-465 from any of the funding sources included within |
|
| | SB4056 | - 139 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | the definition of Base Funding Minimum, the unqualified |
2 | | portion of the Base Funding Minimum shall be transferred |
3 | | to one or more appropriate Organizational Units as |
4 | | determined by the State Superintendent based on the prior |
5 | | year ASE of the Organizational Units. |
6 | | (8.5) If a school district withdraws from a special |
7 | | education cooperative, the portion of the Base Funding |
8 | | Minimum that is attributable to the school district may be |
9 | | redistributed to the school district upon withdrawal. The |
10 | | school district and the cooperative must include the |
11 | | amount of the Base Funding Minimum that is to be |
12 | | reapportioned in their withdrawal agreement and notify the |
13 | | State Board of the change with a copy of the agreement upon |
14 | | withdrawal. |
15 | | (9) The Minimum Funding Level is intended to establish |
16 | | a target for State funding that will keep pace with |
17 | | inflation and continue to advance equity through the |
18 | | Evidence-Based Funding formula. The target for State |
19 | | funding of New Property Tax Relief Pool Funds is |
20 | | $50,000,000 for State fiscal year 2019 and subsequent |
21 | | State fiscal years. The Minimum Funding Level is equal to |
22 | | $350,000,000. In addition to any New State Funds, no more |
23 | | than $50,000,000 New Property Tax Relief Pool Funds may be |
24 | | counted toward the Minimum Funding Level. If the sum of |
25 | | New State Funds and applicable New Property Tax Relief |
26 | | Pool Funds are less than the Minimum Funding Level, than |
|
| | SB4056 | - 140 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | funding for tiers shall be reduced in the following |
2 | | manner: |
3 | | (A) First, Tier 4 funding shall be reduced by an |
4 | | amount equal to the difference between the Minimum |
5 | | Funding Level and New State Funds until such time as |
6 | | Tier 4 funding is exhausted. |
7 | | (B) Next, Tier 3 funding shall be reduced by an |
8 | | amount equal to the difference between the Minimum |
9 | | Funding Level and New State Funds and the reduction in |
10 | | Tier 4 funding until such time as Tier 3 funding is |
11 | | exhausted. |
12 | | (C) Next, Tier 2 funding shall be reduced by an |
13 | | amount equal to the difference between the Minimum |
14 | | Funding Level and New State Funds and the reduction in |
15 | | Tier 4 and Tier 3. |
16 | | (D) Finally, Tier 1 funding shall be reduced by an |
17 | | amount equal to the difference between the Minimum |
18 | | Funding level and New State Funds and the reduction in |
19 | | Tier 2, 3, and 4 funding. In addition, the Allocation |
20 | | Rate for Tier 1 shall be reduced to a percentage equal |
21 | | to the Tier 1 Allocation Rate set by paragraph (4) of |
22 | | this subsection (g), multiplied by the result of New |
23 | | State Funds divided by the Minimum Funding Level. |
24 | | (9.5) For State fiscal year 2019 and subsequent State |
25 | | fiscal years, if New State Funds exceed $300,000,000, then |
26 | | any amount in excess of $300,000,000 shall be dedicated |
|
| | SB4056 | - 141 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | for purposes of Section 2-3.170 of this Code up to a |
2 | | maximum of $50,000,000. |
3 | | (10) In the event of a decrease in the amount of the |
4 | | appropriation for this Section in any fiscal year after |
5 | | implementation of this Section, the Organizational Units |
6 | | receiving Tier 1 and Tier 2 funding, as determined under |
7 | | paragraph (3) of this subsection (g), shall be held |
8 | | harmless by establishing a Base Funding Guarantee equal to |
9 | | the per pupil kindergarten through grade 12 funding |
10 | | received in accordance with this Section in the prior |
11 | | fiscal year. Reductions shall be
made to the Base Funding |
12 | | Minimum of Organizational Units in Tier 3 and Tier 4 on a
|
13 | | per pupil basis equivalent to the total number of the ASE |
14 | | in Tier 3-funded and Tier 4-funded Organizational Units |
15 | | divided by the total reduction in State funding. The Base
|
16 | | Funding Minimum as reduced shall continue to be applied to |
17 | | Tier 3 and Tier 4
Organizational Units and adjusted by the |
18 | | relative formula when increases in
appropriations for this |
19 | | Section resume. In no event may State funding reductions |
20 | | to
Organizational Units in Tier 3 or Tier 4 exceed an |
21 | | amount that would be less than the
Base Funding Minimum |
22 | | established in the first year of implementation of this
|
23 | | Section. If additional reductions are required, all school |
24 | | districts shall receive a
reduction by a per pupil amount |
25 | | equal to the aggregate additional appropriation
reduction |
26 | | divided by the total ASE of all Organizational Units. |
|
| | SB4056 | - 142 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | (11) The State Superintendent shall make minor |
2 | | adjustments to the distribution formula set forth in this |
3 | | subsection (g) to account for the rounding of percentages |
4 | | to the nearest tenth of a percentage and dollar amounts to |
5 | | the nearest whole dollar. |
6 | | (h) State Superintendent administration of funding and |
7 | | district submission requirements. |
8 | | (1) The State Superintendent shall, in accordance with |
9 | | appropriations made by the General Assembly, meet the |
10 | | funding obligations created under this Section. |
11 | | (2) The State Superintendent shall calculate the |
12 | | Adequacy Target for each Organizational Unit and Net State |
13 | | Contribution Target for each Organizational Unit under |
14 | | this Section. No Evidence-Based Funding shall be |
15 | | distributed within an Organizational Unit without the |
16 | | approval of the unit's school board. |
17 | | (3) Annually, the State Superintendent shall calculate |
18 | | and report to each Organizational Unit the unit's |
19 | | aggregate financial adequacy amount, which shall be the |
20 | | sum of the Adequacy Target for each Organizational Unit. |
21 | | The State Superintendent shall calculate and report |
22 | | separately for each Organizational Unit the unit's total |
23 | | State funds allocated for its students with disabilities. |
24 | | The State Superintendent shall calculate and report |
25 | | separately for each Organizational Unit the amount of |
26 | | funding and applicable FTE calculated for each Essential |
|
| | SB4056 | - 143 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | Element of the unit's Adequacy Target. |
2 | | (4) Annually, the State Superintendent shall calculate |
3 | | and report to each Organizational Unit the amount the unit |
4 | | must expend on special education and bilingual education |
5 | | and computer technology and equipment for Organizational |
6 | | Units assigned to Tier 1 or Tier 2 that received an |
7 | | additional $285.50 per student computer technology and |
8 | | equipment investment grant to their Adequacy Target |
9 | | pursuant to the unit's Base Funding Minimum, Special |
10 | | Education Allocation, Bilingual Education Allocation, and |
11 | | computer technology and equipment investment allocation. |
12 | | (5) Moneys distributed under this Section shall be |
13 | | calculated on a school year basis, but paid on a fiscal |
14 | | year basis, with payments beginning in August and |
15 | | extending through June. Unless otherwise provided, the |
16 | | moneys appropriated for each fiscal year shall be |
17 | | distributed in 22 equal payments at least 2 times monthly |
18 | | to each Organizational Unit. If moneys appropriated for |
19 | | any fiscal year are distributed other than monthly, the |
20 | | distribution shall be on the same basis for each |
21 | | Organizational Unit. |
22 | | (6) Any school district that fails, for any given |
23 | | school year, to maintain school as required by law or to |
24 | | maintain a recognized school is not eligible to receive |
25 | | Evidence-Based Funding. In case of non-recognition of one |
26 | | or more attendance centers in a school district otherwise |
|
| | SB4056 | - 144 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | operating recognized schools, the claim of the district |
2 | | shall be reduced in the proportion that the enrollment in |
3 | | the attendance center or centers bears to the enrollment |
4 | | of the school district. "Recognized school" means any |
5 | | public school that meets the standards for recognition by |
6 | | the State Board. A school district or attendance center |
7 | | not having recognition status at the end of a school term |
8 | | is entitled to receive State aid payments due upon a legal |
9 | | claim that was filed while it was recognized. |
10 | | (7) School district claims filed under this Section |
11 | | are subject to Sections 18-9 and 18-12 of this Code, |
12 | | except as otherwise provided in this Section. |
13 | | (8) Each fiscal year, the State Superintendent shall |
14 | | calculate for each Organizational Unit an amount of its |
15 | | Base Funding Minimum and Evidence-Based Funding that shall |
16 | | be deemed attributable to the provision of special |
17 | | educational facilities and services, as defined in Section |
18 | | 14-1.08 of this Code, in a manner that ensures compliance |
19 | | with maintenance of State financial support requirements |
20 | | under the federal Individuals with Disabilities Education |
21 | | Act. An Organizational Unit must use such funds only for |
22 | | the provision of special educational facilities and |
23 | | services, as defined in Section 14-1.08 of this Code, and |
24 | | must comply with any expenditure verification procedures |
25 | | adopted by the State Board. |
26 | | (9) All Organizational Units in this State must submit |
|
| | SB4056 | - 145 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | annual spending plans by the end of September of each year |
2 | | to the State Board as part of the annual budget process, |
3 | | which shall describe how each Organizational Unit will |
4 | | utilize the Base Funding Minimum and Evidence-Based |
5 | | Funding it receives from this State under this Section |
6 | | with specific identification of the intended utilization |
7 | | of Low-Income, English learner, and special education |
8 | | resources. Additionally, the annual spending plans of each |
9 | | Organizational Unit shall describe how the Organizational |
10 | | Unit expects to achieve student growth and how the |
11 | | Organizational Unit will achieve State education goals, as |
12 | | defined by the State Board. The State Superintendent may, |
13 | | from time to time, identify additional requisites for |
14 | | Organizational Units to satisfy when compiling the annual |
15 | | spending plans required under this subsection (h). The |
16 | | format and scope of annual spending plans shall be |
17 | | developed by the State Superintendent and the State Board |
18 | | of Education. School districts that serve students under |
19 | | Article 14C of this Code shall continue to submit |
20 | | information as required under Section 14C-12 of this Code. |
21 | | (10) No later than January 1, 2018, the State |
22 | | Superintendent shall develop a 5-year strategic plan for |
23 | | all Organizational Units to help in planning for adequacy |
24 | | funding under this Section. The State Superintendent shall |
25 | | submit the plan to the Governor and the General Assembly, |
26 | | as provided in Section 3.1 of the General Assembly |
|
| | SB4056 | - 146 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | Organization Act. The plan shall include recommendations |
2 | | for: |
3 | | (A) a framework for collaborative, professional, |
4 | | innovative, and 21st century learning environments |
5 | | using the Evidence-Based Funding model; |
6 | | (B) ways to prepare and support this State's |
7 | | educators for successful instructional careers; |
8 | | (C) application and enhancement of the current |
9 | | financial accountability measures, the approved State |
10 | | plan to comply with the federal Every Student Succeeds |
11 | | Act, and the Illinois Balanced Accountability Measures |
12 | | in relation to student growth and elements of the |
13 | | Evidence-Based Funding model; and |
14 | | (D) implementation of an effective school adequacy |
15 | | funding system based on projected and recommended |
16 | | funding levels from the General Assembly. |
17 | | (11) On an annual basis, the State Superintendent
must |
18 | | recalibrate all of the following per pupil elements of the |
19 | | Adequacy Target and applied to the formulas, based on the |
20 | | study of average expenses and as reported in the most |
21 | | recent annual financial report: |
22 | | (A) Gifted under subparagraph (M) of paragraph
(2) |
23 | | of subsection (b). |
24 | | (B) Instructional materials under subparagraph
(O) |
25 | | of paragraph (2) of subsection (b). |
26 | | (C) Assessment under subparagraph (P) of
paragraph |
|
| | SB4056 | - 147 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | (2) of subsection (b). |
2 | | (D) Student activities under subparagraph (R) of
|
3 | | paragraph (2) of subsection (b). |
4 | | (E) Maintenance and operations under subparagraph
|
5 | | (S) of paragraph (2) of subsection (b). |
6 | | (F) Central office under subparagraph (T) of
|
7 | | paragraph (2) of subsection (b). |
8 | | (i) Professional Review Panel. |
9 | | (1) A Professional Review Panel is created to study |
10 | | and review topics related to the implementation and effect |
11 | | of Evidence-Based Funding, as assigned by a joint |
12 | | resolution or Public Act of the General Assembly or a |
13 | | motion passed by the State Board of Education. The Panel |
14 | | must provide recommendations to and serve the Governor, |
15 | | the General Assembly, and the State Board. The State |
16 | | Superintendent or his or her designee must serve as a |
17 | | voting member and chairperson of the Panel. The State |
18 | | Superintendent must appoint a vice chairperson from the |
19 | | membership of the Panel. The Panel must advance |
20 | | recommendations based on a three-fifths majority vote of |
21 | | Panel members present and voting. A minority opinion may |
22 | | also accompany any recommendation of the Panel. The Panel |
23 | | shall be appointed by the State Superintendent, except as |
24 | | otherwise provided in paragraph (2) of this subsection (i) |
25 | | and include the following members: |
26 | | (A) Two appointees that represent district |
|
| | SB4056 | - 148 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | superintendents, recommended by a statewide |
2 | | organization that represents district superintendents. |
3 | | (B) Two appointees that represent school boards, |
4 | | recommended by a statewide organization that |
5 | | represents school boards. |
6 | | (C) Two appointees from districts that represent |
7 | | school business officials, recommended by a statewide |
8 | | organization that represents school business |
9 | | officials. |
10 | | (D) Two appointees that represent school |
11 | | principals, recommended by a statewide organization |
12 | | that represents school principals. |
13 | | (E) Two appointees that represent teachers, |
14 | | recommended by a statewide organization that |
15 | | represents teachers. |
16 | | (F) Two appointees that represent teachers, |
17 | | recommended by another statewide organization that |
18 | | represents teachers. |
19 | | (G) Two appointees that represent regional |
20 | | superintendents of schools, recommended by |
21 | | organizations that represent regional superintendents. |
22 | | (H) Two independent experts selected solely by the |
23 | | State Superintendent. |
24 | | (I) Two independent experts recommended by public |
25 | | universities in this State. |
26 | | (J) One member recommended by a statewide |
|
| | SB4056 | - 149 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | organization that represents parents. |
2 | | (K) Two representatives recommended by collective |
3 | | impact organizations that represent major metropolitan |
4 | | areas or geographic areas in Illinois. |
5 | | (L) One member from a statewide organization |
6 | | focused on research-based education policy to support |
7 | | a school system that prepares all students for |
8 | | college, a career, and democratic citizenship. |
9 | | (M) One representative from a school district |
10 | | organized under Article 34 of this Code. |
11 | | The State Superintendent shall ensure that the |
12 | | membership of the Panel includes representatives from |
13 | | school districts and communities reflecting the |
14 | | geographic, socio-economic, racial, and ethnic diversity |
15 | | of this State. The State Superintendent shall additionally |
16 | | ensure that the membership of the Panel includes |
17 | | representatives with expertise in bilingual education and |
18 | | special education. Staff from the State Board shall staff |
19 | | the Panel. |
20 | | (2) In addition to those Panel members appointed by |
21 | | the State Superintendent, 4 members of the General |
22 | | Assembly shall be appointed as follows: one member of the |
23 | | House of Representatives appointed by the Speaker of the |
24 | | House of Representatives, one member of the Senate |
25 | | appointed by the President of the Senate, one member of |
26 | | the House of Representatives appointed by the Minority |
|
| | SB4056 | - 150 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | Leader of the House of Representatives, and one member of |
2 | | the Senate appointed by the Minority Leader of the Senate. |
3 | | There shall be one additional member appointed by the |
4 | | Governor. All members appointed by legislative leaders or |
5 | | the Governor shall be non-voting, ex officio members. |
6 | | (3) The Panel must study topics at the direction of |
7 | | the General Assembly or State Board of Education, as |
8 | | provided under paragraph (1). The Panel may also study the |
9 | | following topics at the direction of the chairperson: |
10 | | (A) The format and scope of annual spending plans |
11 | | referenced in paragraph (9) of subsection (h) of this |
12 | | Section. |
13 | | (B) The Comparable Wage Index under this Section. |
14 | | (C) Maintenance and operations, including capital |
15 | | maintenance and construction costs. |
16 | | (D) "At-risk student" definition. |
17 | | (E) Benefits. |
18 | | (F) Technology. |
19 | | (G) Local Capacity Target. |
20 | | (H) Funding for Alternative Schools, Laboratory |
21 | | Schools, safe schools, and alternative learning |
22 | | opportunities programs. |
23 | | (I) Funding for college and career acceleration |
24 | | strategies. |
25 | | (J) Special education investments. |
26 | | (K) Early childhood investments, in collaboration |
|
| | SB4056 | - 151 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | with the Illinois Early Learning Council. |
2 | | (4) (Blank). |
3 | | (5) Within 5 years after the implementation of this |
4 | | Section, and every 5 years thereafter, the Panel shall |
5 | | complete an evaluative study of the entire Evidence-Based |
6 | | Funding model, including an assessment of whether or not |
7 | | the formula is achieving State goals. The Panel shall |
8 | | report to the State Board, the General Assembly, and the |
9 | | Governor on the findings of the study. |
10 | | (6) (Blank). |
11 | | (7) To ensure that (i) the Adequacy Target calculation |
12 | | under subsection (b) accurately reflects the needs of |
13 | | students living in poverty or attending schools located in |
14 | | areas of high poverty, (ii) racial equity within the |
15 | | Evidence-Based Funding formula is explicitly explored and |
16 | | advanced, and (iii) the funding goals of the formula |
17 | | distribution system established under this Section are |
18 | | sufficient to provide adequate funding for every student |
19 | | and to fully fund every school in this State, the Panel |
20 | | shall review the Essential Elements under paragraph (2) of |
21 | | subsection (b). The Panel shall consider all of the |
22 | | following in its review: |
23 | | (A) The financial ability of school districts to |
24 | | provide instruction in a foreign language to every |
25 | | student and whether an additional Essential Element |
26 | | should be added to the formula to ensure that every |
|
| | SB4056 | - 152 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | student has access to instruction in a foreign |
2 | | language. |
3 | | (B) The adult-to-student ratio for each Essential |
4 | | Element in which a ratio is identified. The Panel |
5 | | shall consider whether the ratio accurately reflects |
6 | | the staffing needed to support students living in |
7 | | poverty or who have traumatic backgrounds. |
8 | | (C) Changes to the Essential Elements that may be |
9 | | required to better promote racial equity and eliminate |
10 | | structural racism within schools. |
11 | | (D) The impact of investing $350,000,000 in |
12 | | additional funds each year under this Section and an |
13 | | estimate of when the school system will become fully |
14 | | funded under this level of appropriation. |
15 | | (E) Provide an overview of alternative funding |
16 | | structures that would enable the State to become fully |
17 | | funded at an earlier date. |
18 | | (F) The potential to increase efficiency and to |
19 | | find cost savings within the school system to expedite |
20 | | the journey to a fully funded system. |
21 | | (G) The appropriate levels for reenrolling and |
22 | | graduating high-risk high school students who have |
23 | | been previously out of school. These outcomes shall |
24 | | include enrollment, attendance, skill gains, credit |
25 | | gains, graduation or promotion to the next grade |
26 | | level, and the transition to college, training, or |
|
| | SB4056 | - 153 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | employment, with an emphasis on progressively |
2 | | increasing the overall attendance. |
3 | | (H) The evidence-based or research-based practices |
4 | | that are shown to reduce the gaps and disparities |
5 | | experienced by African American students in academic |
6 | | achievement and educational performance, including |
7 | | practices that have been shown to reduce disparities |
8 | | parities in disciplinary rates, drop-out rates, |
9 | | graduation rates, college matriculation rates, and |
10 | | college completion rates. |
11 | | On or before December 31, 2021, the Panel shall report |
12 | | to the State Board, the General Assembly, and the Governor |
13 | | on the findings of its review. This paragraph (7) is |
14 | | inoperative on and after July 1, 2022. |
15 | | (j) References. Beginning July 1, 2017, references in |
16 | | other laws to general State aid funds or calculations under |
17 | | Section 18-8.05 of this Code (now repealed) shall be deemed to |
18 | | be references to evidence-based model formula funds or |
19 | | calculations under this Section.
|
20 | | (Source: P.A. 101-10, eff. 6-5-19; 101-17, eff. 6-14-19; |
21 | | 101-643, eff. 6-18-20; 101-654, eff. 3-8-21; 102-33, eff. |
22 | | 6-25-21; 102-197, eff. 7-30-21; 102-558, eff. 8-20-21; revised |
23 | | 10-12-21.) |
24 | | (105 ILCS 5/21B-20) |
25 | | Sec. 21B-20. Types of licenses. The State Board of |
|
| | SB4056 | - 154 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | Education shall implement a system of educator licensure, |
2 | | whereby individuals employed in school districts who are |
3 | | required to be licensed must have one of the following |
4 | | licenses: (i) a professional educator license; (ii) an |
5 | | educator license with stipulations; (iii) a substitute |
6 | | teaching license; or (iv) until June 30, 2023, a short-term |
7 | | substitute teaching license. References in law regarding |
8 | | individuals certified or certificated or required to be |
9 | | certified or certificated under Article 21 of this Code shall |
10 | | also include individuals licensed or required to be licensed |
11 | | under this Article. The first year of all licenses ends on June |
12 | | 30 following one full year of the license being issued. |
13 | | The State Board of Education, in consultation with the |
14 | | State Educator Preparation and Licensure Board, may adopt such |
15 | | rules as may be necessary to govern the requirements for |
16 | | licenses and endorsements under this Section. |
17 | | (1) Professional Educator License. Persons who (i) |
18 | | have successfully completed an approved educator |
19 | | preparation program and are recommended for licensure by |
20 | | the Illinois institution offering the educator preparation |
21 | | program, (ii) have successfully completed the required |
22 | | testing under Section 21B-30 of this Code, (iii) have |
23 | | successfully completed coursework on the psychology of, |
24 | | the identification of, and the methods of instruction for |
25 | | the exceptional child, including without limitation |
26 | | children with learning disabilities, (iv) have |
|
| | SB4056 | - 155 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | successfully completed coursework in methods of reading |
2 | | and reading in the content area, and (v) have met all other |
3 | | criteria established by rule of the State Board of |
4 | | Education shall be issued a Professional Educator License. |
5 | | All Professional Educator Licenses are valid until June 30 |
6 | | immediately following 5 years of the license being issued. |
7 | | The Professional Educator License shall be endorsed with |
8 | | specific areas and grade levels in which the individual is |
9 | | eligible to practice. For an early childhood education |
10 | | endorsement, an individual may satisfy the student |
11 | | teaching requirement of his or her early childhood teacher |
12 | | preparation program through placement in a setting with |
13 | | children from birth through grade 2, and the individual |
14 | | may be paid and receive credit while student teaching. The |
15 | | student teaching experience must meet the requirements of |
16 | | and be approved by the individual's early childhood |
17 | | teacher preparation program. |
18 | | Individuals can receive subsequent endorsements on the |
19 | | Professional Educator License. Subsequent endorsements |
20 | | shall require a minimum of 24 semester hours of coursework |
21 | | in the endorsement area and passage of the applicable |
22 | | content area test, unless otherwise specified by rule. |
23 | | (2) Educator License with Stipulations. An Educator |
24 | | License with Stipulations shall be issued an endorsement |
25 | | that limits the license holder to one particular position |
26 | | or does not require completion of an approved educator |
|
| | SB4056 | - 156 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | program or both. |
2 | | An individual with an Educator License with |
3 | | Stipulations must not be employed by a school district or |
4 | | any other entity to replace any presently employed teacher |
5 | | who otherwise would not be replaced for any reason. |
6 | | An Educator License with Stipulations may be issued |
7 | | with the following endorsements: |
8 | | (A) (Blank). |
9 | | (B) Alternative provisional educator. An |
10 | | alternative provisional educator endorsement on an |
11 | | Educator License with Stipulations may be issued to an |
12 | | applicant who, at the time of applying for the |
13 | | endorsement, has done all of the following: |
14 | | (i) Graduated from a regionally accredited |
15 | | college or university with a minimum of a |
16 | | bachelor's degree. |
17 | | (ii) Successfully completed the first phase of |
18 | | the Alternative Educator Licensure Program for |
19 | | Teachers, as described in Section 21B-50 of this |
20 | | Code. |
21 | | (iii) Passed a content area test, as required |
22 | | under Section 21B-30 of this Code. |
23 | | The alternative provisional educator endorsement is |
24 | | valid for 2 years of teaching and may be renewed for a |
25 | | third year by an individual meeting the requirements set |
26 | | forth in Section 21B-50 of this Code. |
|
| | SB4056 | - 157 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | (C) Alternative provisional superintendent. An |
2 | | alternative provisional superintendent endorsement on |
3 | | an Educator License with Stipulations entitles the |
4 | | holder to serve only as a superintendent or assistant |
5 | | superintendent in a school district's central office. |
6 | | This endorsement may only be issued to an applicant |
7 | | who, at the time of applying for the endorsement, has |
8 | | done all of the following: |
9 | | (i) Graduated from a regionally accredited |
10 | | college or university with a minimum of a master's |
11 | | degree in a management field other than education. |
12 | | (ii) Been employed for a period of at least 5 |
13 | | years in a management level position in a field |
14 | | other than education. |
15 | | (iii) Successfully completed the first phase |
16 | | of an alternative route to superintendent |
17 | | endorsement program, as provided in Section 21B-55 |
18 | | of this Code. |
19 | | (iv) Passed a content area test required under |
20 | | Section 21B-30 of this Code. |
21 | | The endorsement is valid for 2 fiscal years in |
22 | | order to complete one full year of serving as a |
23 | | superintendent or assistant superintendent. |
24 | | (D) (Blank). |
25 | | (E) Career and technical educator. A career and |
26 | | technical educator endorsement on an Educator License |
|
| | SB4056 | - 158 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | with Stipulations may be issued to an applicant who |
2 | | has a minimum of 60 semester hours of coursework from a |
3 | | regionally accredited institution of higher education |
4 | | or an accredited trade and technical institution and |
5 | | has a minimum of 2,000 hours of experience outside of |
6 | | education in each area to be taught. |
7 | | The career and technical educator endorsement on |
8 | | an Educator License with Stipulations is valid until |
9 | | June 30 immediately following 5 years of the |
10 | | endorsement being issued and may be renewed. |
11 | | An individual who holds a valid career and |
12 | | technical educator endorsement on an Educator License |
13 | | with Stipulations but does not hold a bachelor's |
14 | | degree may substitute teach in career and technical |
15 | | education classrooms. |
16 | | (F) (Blank). Part-time provisional career and |
17 | | technical educator or provisional career and technical |
18 | | educator. A part-time provisional career and technical |
19 | | educator endorsement or a provisional career and |
20 | | technical educator endorsement on an Educator License |
21 | | with Stipulations may be issued to an applicant who |
22 | | has a minimum of 8,000 hours of work experience in the |
23 | | skill for which the applicant is seeking the |
24 | | endorsement. It is the responsibility of each |
25 | | employing school board and regional office of |
26 | | education to provide verification, in writing, to the |
|
| | SB4056 | - 159 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | State Superintendent of Education at the time the |
2 | | application is submitted that no qualified teacher |
3 | | holding a Professional Educator License or an Educator |
4 | | License with Stipulations with a career and technical |
5 | | educator endorsement is available and that actual |
6 | | circumstances require such issuance. |
7 | | The provisional career and technical educator |
8 | | endorsement on an Educator License with Stipulations |
9 | | is valid until June 30 immediately following 5 years |
10 | | of the endorsement being issued and may be renewed for |
11 | | 5 years. |
12 | | A part-time provisional career and technical |
13 | | educator endorsement on an Educator License with |
14 | | Stipulations may be issued for teaching no more than 2 |
15 | | courses of study for grades 6 through 12. The |
16 | | part-time provisional career and technical educator |
17 | | endorsement on an Educator License with Stipulations |
18 | | is valid until June 30 immediately following 5 years |
19 | | of the endorsement being issued and may be renewed for |
20 | | 5 years if the individual makes application for |
21 | | renewal. |
22 | | An individual who holds a provisional or part-time |
23 | | provisional career and technical educator endorsement |
24 | | on an Educator License with Stipulations but does not |
25 | | hold a bachelor's degree may substitute teach in |
26 | | career and technical education classrooms. |
|
| | SB4056 | - 160 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | (G) Transitional bilingual educator. A |
2 | | transitional bilingual educator endorsement on an |
3 | | Educator License with Stipulations may be issued for |
4 | | the purpose of providing instruction in accordance |
5 | | with Article 14C of this Code to an applicant who |
6 | | provides satisfactory evidence that he or she meets |
7 | | all of the following requirements: |
8 | | (i) Possesses adequate speaking, reading, and |
9 | | writing ability in the language other than English |
10 | | in which transitional bilingual education is |
11 | | offered. |
12 | | (ii) Has the ability to successfully |
13 | | communicate in English. |
14 | | (iii) Either possessed, within 5 years |
15 | | previous to his or her applying for a transitional |
16 | | bilingual educator endorsement, a valid and |
17 | | comparable teaching certificate or comparable |
18 | | authorization issued by a foreign country or holds |
19 | | a degree from an institution of higher learning in |
20 | | a foreign country that the State Educator |
21 | | Preparation and Licensure Board determines to be |
22 | | the equivalent of a bachelor's degree from a |
23 | | regionally accredited institution of higher |
24 | | learning in the United States. |
25 | | A transitional bilingual educator endorsement |
26 | | shall be valid for prekindergarten through grade 12, |
|
| | SB4056 | - 161 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | is valid until June 30 immediately following 5 years |
2 | | of the endorsement being issued, and shall not be |
3 | | renewed. |
4 | | Persons holding a transitional bilingual educator |
5 | | endorsement shall not be employed to replace any |
6 | | presently employed teacher who otherwise would not be |
7 | | replaced for any reason. |
8 | | (H) Language endorsement. In an effort to |
9 | | alleviate the shortage of teachers speaking a language |
10 | | other than English in the public schools, an |
11 | | individual who holds an Educator License with |
12 | | Stipulations may also apply for a language |
13 | | endorsement, provided that the applicant provides |
14 | | satisfactory evidence that he or she meets all of the |
15 | | following requirements: |
16 | | (i) Holds a transitional bilingual |
17 | | endorsement. |
18 | | (ii) Has demonstrated proficiency in the |
19 | | language for which the endorsement is to be issued |
20 | | by passing the applicable language content test |
21 | | required by the State Board of Education. |
22 | | (iii) Holds a bachelor's degree or higher from |
23 | | a regionally accredited institution of higher |
24 | | education or, for individuals educated in a |
25 | | country other than the United States, holds a |
26 | | degree from an institution of higher learning in a |
|
| | SB4056 | - 162 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | foreign country that the State Educator |
2 | | Preparation and Licensure Board determines to be |
3 | | the equivalent of a bachelor's degree from a |
4 | | regionally accredited institution of higher |
5 | | learning in the United States. |
6 | | (iv) (Blank). |
7 | | A language endorsement on an Educator License with |
8 | | Stipulations is valid for prekindergarten through |
9 | | grade 12 for the same validity period as the |
10 | | individual's transitional bilingual educator |
11 | | endorsement on the Educator License with Stipulations |
12 | | and shall not be renewed. |
13 | | (I) Visiting international educator. A visiting |
14 | | international educator endorsement on an Educator |
15 | | License with Stipulations may be issued to an |
16 | | individual who is being recruited by a particular |
17 | | school district that conducts formal recruitment |
18 | | programs outside of the United States to secure the |
19 | | services of qualified teachers and who meets all of |
20 | | the following requirements: |
21 | | (i) Holds the equivalent of a minimum of a |
22 | | bachelor's degree issued in the United States. |
23 | | (ii) Has been prepared as a teacher at the |
24 | | grade level for which he or she will be employed. |
25 | | (iii) Has adequate content knowledge in the |
26 | | subject to be taught. |
|
| | SB4056 | - 163 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | (iv) Has an adequate command of the English |
2 | | language. |
3 | | A holder of a visiting international educator |
4 | | endorsement on an Educator License with Stipulations |
5 | | shall be permitted to teach in bilingual education |
6 | | programs in the language that was the medium of |
7 | | instruction in his or her teacher preparation program, |
8 | | provided that he or she passes the English Language |
9 | | Proficiency Examination or another test of writing |
10 | | skills in English identified by the State Board of |
11 | | Education, in consultation with the State Educator |
12 | | Preparation and Licensure Board. |
13 | | A visiting international educator endorsement on |
14 | | an Educator License with Stipulations is valid for 5 |
15 | | years and shall not be renewed. |
16 | | (J) Paraprofessional educator. A paraprofessional |
17 | | educator endorsement on an Educator License with |
18 | | Stipulations may be issued to an applicant who holds a |
19 | | high school diploma or its recognized equivalent and |
20 | | either holds an associate's degree or a minimum of 60 |
21 | | semester hours of credit from a regionally accredited |
22 | | institution of higher education or has passed a |
23 | | paraprofessional competency test under subsection |
24 | | (c-5) of Section 21B-30. The paraprofessional educator |
25 | | endorsement is valid until June 30 immediately |
26 | | following 5 years of the endorsement being issued and |
|
| | SB4056 | - 164 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | may be renewed through application and payment of the |
2 | | appropriate fee, as required under Section 21B-40 of |
3 | | this Code. An individual who holds only a |
4 | | paraprofessional educator endorsement is not subject |
5 | | to additional requirements in order to renew the |
6 | | endorsement. |
7 | | (K) Chief school business official. A chief school |
8 | | business official endorsement on an Educator License |
9 | | with Stipulations may be issued to an applicant who |
10 | | qualifies by having a master's degree or higher, 2 |
11 | | years of full-time administrative experience in school |
12 | | business management or 2 years of university-approved |
13 | | practical experience, and a minimum of 24 semester |
14 | | hours of graduate credit in a program approved by the |
15 | | State Board of Education for the preparation of school |
16 | | business administrators and by passage of the |
17 | | applicable State tests, including an applicable |
18 | | content area test. |
19 | | The chief school business official endorsement may |
20 | | also be affixed to the Educator License with |
21 | | Stipulations of any holder who qualifies by having a |
22 | | master's degree in business administration, finance, |
23 | | accounting, or public administration and who completes |
24 | | an additional 6 semester hours of internship in school |
25 | | business management from a regionally accredited |
26 | | institution of higher education and passes the |
|
| | SB4056 | - 165 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | applicable State tests, including an applicable |
2 | | content area test. This endorsement shall be required |
3 | | for any individual employed as a chief school business |
4 | | official. |
5 | | The chief school business official endorsement on |
6 | | an Educator License with Stipulations is valid until |
7 | | June 30 immediately following 5 years of the |
8 | | endorsement being issued and may be renewed if the |
9 | | license holder completes renewal requirements as |
10 | | required for individuals who hold a Professional |
11 | | Educator License endorsed for chief school business |
12 | | official under Section 21B-45 of this Code and such |
13 | | rules as may be adopted by the State Board of |
14 | | Education. |
15 | | The State Board of Education shall adopt any rules |
16 | | necessary to implement Public Act 100-288. |
17 | | (L) Provisional in-state educator. A provisional |
18 | | in-state educator endorsement on an Educator License |
19 | | with Stipulations may be issued to a candidate who has |
20 | | completed an Illinois-approved educator preparation |
21 | | program at an Illinois institution of higher education |
22 | | and who has not successfully completed an |
23 | | evidence-based assessment of teacher effectiveness but |
24 | | who meets all of the following requirements: |
25 | | (i) Holds at least a bachelor's degree. |
26 | | (ii) Has completed an approved educator |
|
| | SB4056 | - 166 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | preparation program at an Illinois institution. |
2 | | (iii) Has passed an applicable content area |
3 | | test, as required by Section 21B-30 of this Code. |
4 | | (iv) Has attempted an evidence-based |
5 | | assessment of teacher effectiveness and received a |
6 | | minimum score on that assessment, as established |
7 | | by the State Board of Education in consultation |
8 | | with the State Educator Preparation and Licensure |
9 | | Board. |
10 | | A provisional in-state educator endorsement on an |
11 | | Educator License with Stipulations is valid for one |
12 | | full fiscal year after the date of issuance and may not |
13 | | be renewed. |
14 | | (M) (Blank). |
15 | | (N) Specialized services. A specialized services |
16 | | endorsement on an Educator License with Stipulations |
17 | | may be issued as defined and specified by rule. |
18 | | (3) Substitute Teaching License. A Substitute Teaching |
19 | | License may be issued to qualified applicants for |
20 | | substitute teaching in all grades of the public schools, |
21 | | prekindergarten through grade 12. Substitute Teaching |
22 | | Licenses are not eligible for endorsements. Applicants for |
23 | | a Substitute Teaching License must hold a bachelor's |
24 | | degree or higher from a regionally accredited institution |
25 | | of higher education. |
26 | | Substitute Teaching Licenses are valid for 5 years. |
|
| | SB4056 | - 167 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | Substitute Teaching Licenses are valid for substitute |
2 | | teaching in every county of this State. If an individual |
3 | | has had his or her Professional Educator License or |
4 | | Educator License with Stipulations suspended or revoked, |
5 | | then that individual is not eligible to obtain a |
6 | | Substitute Teaching License. |
7 | | A substitute teacher may only teach in the place of a |
8 | | licensed teacher who is under contract with the employing |
9 | | board. If, however, there is no licensed teacher under |
10 | | contract because of an emergency situation, then a |
11 | | district may employ a substitute teacher for no longer |
12 | | than 30 calendar days per each vacant position in the |
13 | | district if the district notifies the appropriate regional |
14 | | office of education within 5 business days after the |
15 | | employment of the substitute teacher in the emergency |
16 | | situation. An emergency situation is one in which an |
17 | | unforeseen vacancy has occurred and (i) a teacher is |
18 | | unable to fulfill his or her contractual duties or (ii) |
19 | | teacher capacity needs of the district exceed previous |
20 | | indications, and the district is actively engaged in |
21 | | advertising to hire a fully licensed teacher for the |
22 | | vacant position. |
23 | | There is no limit on the number of days that a |
24 | | substitute teacher may teach in a single school district, |
25 | | provided that no substitute teacher may teach for longer |
26 | | than 90 school days for any one licensed teacher under |
|
| | SB4056 | - 168 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | contract in the same school year. A substitute teacher who |
2 | | holds a Professional Educator License or Educator License |
3 | | with Stipulations shall not teach for more than 120 school |
4 | | days for any one licensed teacher under contract in the |
5 | | same school year. The limitations in this paragraph (3) on |
6 | | the number of days a substitute teacher may be employed do |
7 | | not apply to any school district operating under Article |
8 | | 34 of this Code. |
9 | | A school district may not require an individual who |
10 | | holds a valid Professional Educator License or Educator |
11 | | License with Stipulations to seek or hold a Substitute |
12 | | Teaching License to teach as a substitute teacher. |
13 | | (4) Short-Term Substitute Teaching License. Beginning |
14 | | on July 1, 2018 and until June 30, 2023, the State Board of |
15 | | Education may issue a Short-Term Substitute Teaching |
16 | | License. A Short-Term Substitute Teaching License may be |
17 | | issued to a qualified applicant for substitute teaching in |
18 | | all grades of the public schools, prekindergarten through |
19 | | grade 12. Short-Term Substitute Teaching Licenses are not |
20 | | eligible for endorsements. Applicants for a Short-Term |
21 | | Substitute Teaching License must hold an associate's |
22 | | degree or have completed at least 60 credit hours from a |
23 | | regionally accredited institution of higher education. |
24 | | Short-Term Substitute Teaching Licenses are valid for |
25 | | substitute teaching in every county of this State. If an |
26 | | individual has had his or her Professional Educator |
|
| | SB4056 | - 169 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | License or Educator License with Stipulations suspended or |
2 | | revoked, then that individual is not eligible to obtain a |
3 | | Short-Term Substitute Teaching License. |
4 | | The provisions of Sections 10-21.9 and 34-18.5 of this |
5 | | Code apply to short-term substitute teachers. |
6 | | An individual holding a Short-Term Substitute Teaching |
7 | | License may teach no more than 5 consecutive days per |
8 | | licensed teacher who is under contract. For teacher |
9 | | absences lasting 6 or more days per licensed teacher who |
10 | | is under contract, a school district may not hire an |
11 | | individual holding a Short-Term Substitute Teaching |
12 | | License. An individual holding a Short-Term Substitute |
13 | | Teaching License must complete the training program under |
14 | | Section 10-20.67 or 34-18.60 of this Code to be eligible |
15 | | to teach at a public school. This paragraph (4) is |
16 | | inoperative on and after July 1, 2023.
|
17 | | (Source: P.A. 100-8, eff. 7-1-17; 100-13, eff. 7-1-17; |
18 | | 100-288, eff. 8-24-17; 100-596, eff. 7-1-18; 100-821, eff. |
19 | | 9-3-18; 100-863, eff. 8-14-18; 101-81, eff. 7-12-19; 101-220, |
20 | | eff. 8-7-19; 101-594, eff. 12-5-19; 101-643, eff. 6-18-20.) |
21 | | (105 ILCS 5/22-81) |
22 | | Sec. 22-81. Heroin and opioid prevention pilot program. |
23 | | The By January 1, 2017, the State Board of Education and the |
24 | | Department of Human Services shall develop and establish a |
25 | | 3-year heroin and opioid drug prevention pilot program that |
|
| | SB4056 | - 170 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | offers educational materials and instruction on heroin and |
2 | | opioid abuse to all school districts in the State for use at |
3 | | their respective public elementary and secondary schools. A |
4 | | school district's participation in the pilot program shall be |
5 | | voluntary. Subject to appropriation, the Department of Human |
6 | | Services shall reimburse a school district that decides to |
7 | | participate in the pilot program for any costs it incurs in |
8 | | connection with its participation in the pilot program. Each |
9 | | school district that participates in the pilot program shall |
10 | | have the discretion to determine which grade levels the school |
11 | | district will instruct under the program. |
12 | | The pilot program must use effective, research-proven, |
13 | | interactive teaching methods and technologies, and must |
14 | | provide students, parents, and school staff with scientific, |
15 | | social, and emotional learning content to help them understand |
16 | | the risk of drug use. Such learning content must specifically |
17 | | target the dangers of prescription pain medication and heroin |
18 | | abuse. The Department may contract with a health education |
19 | | organization to fulfill the requirements of the pilot program. |
20 | | The State Board of Education, the Department of Human |
21 | | Services, and any contracted organization shall submit an |
22 | | annual report to the General Assembly that includes: (i) a |
23 | | list of school districts participating in the pilot program; |
24 | | (ii) the grade levels each school district instructs under the |
25 | | pilot program; and (iii) any findings regarding the |
26 | | effectiveness of the pilot program.
|
|
| | SB4056 | - 171 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | (Source: P.A. 99-480, eff. 9-9-15; 99-642, eff. 7-28-16.) |
2 | | (105 ILCS 5/27-23.12) |
3 | | Sec. 27-23.12. Emotional Intelligence and Social and |
4 | | Emotional Learning Task Force. The Emotional Intelligence and |
5 | | Social and Emotional Learning Task Force is created to develop |
6 | | curriculum and assessment guidelines and best practices on |
7 | | emotional intelligence and social and emotional learning, |
8 | | including strategies and instruction to address the needs of |
9 | | students with anger management issues. The Task Force shall |
10 | | consist of the State Superintendent of Education or his or her |
11 | | designee and all of the following members, appointed by the |
12 | | State Superintendent: |
13 | | (1) A representative of a school district organized |
14 | | under Article 34 of this Code. |
15 | | (2) A representative of a statewide organization |
16 | | representing school boards. |
17 | | (3) A representative of a statewide organization |
18 | | representing individuals holding professional educator |
19 | | licenses with school support personnel endorsements under |
20 | | Article 21B of this Code, including school social workers, |
21 | | school psychologists, and school nurses. |
22 | | (4) A representative of a statewide organization |
23 | | representing children's mental health experts. |
24 | | (5) A representative of a statewide organization |
25 | | representing school principals. |
|
| | SB4056 | - 172 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | (6) An employee of a school under Article 13A of this |
2 | | Code. |
3 | | (7) A school psychologist employed by a school |
4 | | district in Cook County. |
5 | | (8) Representatives of other appropriate State |
6 | | agencies, as determined by the State Superintendent. |
7 | | Members appointed by the State Superintendent shall serve |
8 | | without compensation but shall be reimbursed for their |
9 | | reasonable and necessary expenses from funds appropriated to |
10 | | the State Board of Education for that purpose, including |
11 | | travel, subject to the rules of the appropriate travel control |
12 | | board. The Task Force shall meet at the call of the State |
13 | | Superintendent. The State Board of Education shall provide |
14 | | administrative and other support to the Task Force. |
15 | | The Task Force shall develop age-appropriate, emotional |
16 | | intelligence and social and emotional learning curriculum and |
17 | | assessment guidelines and best practices for elementary |
18 | | schools and high schools. The guidelines shall, at a minimum, |
19 | | include teaching how to recognize, direct, and positively |
20 | | express emotions. The Task Force must also make |
21 | | recommendations on the funding of appropriate services and the |
22 | | availability of sources of funding, including, but not limited |
23 | | to, federal funding, to address social and emotional learning. |
24 | | The Task Force shall complete the guidelines and |
25 | | recommendations on or before March 1, 2020. Upon completion of |
26 | | the guidelines and recommendations the Task Force is |
|
| | SB4056 | - 173 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | dissolved.
|
2 | | (Source: P.A. 100-1139, eff. 11-28-18; 101-81, eff. 7-12-19; |
3 | | 101-498, eff. 6-1-20 .)
|
4 | | (105 ILCS 5/34-1.1) (from Ch. 122, par. 34-1.1)
|
5 | | Sec. 34-1.1. Definitions. As used in this Article:
|
6 | | "Academic Accountability Council" means the Chicago |
7 | | Schools Academic
Accountability Council created under Section |
8 | | 34-3.4.
|
9 | | "Local School Council" means a local school council |
10 | | established
under Section 34-2.1.
|
11 | | "School" and "attendance center" are used interchangeably |
12 | | to mean any
attendance center operated pursuant to this |
13 | | Article and under the direction
of one principal.
|
14 | | "Secondary Attendance Center" means a school which has |
15 | | students enrolled
in grades 9 through 12 (although it may also |
16 | | have students enrolled
in grades below grade 9).
|
17 | | "Local Attendance Area School" means a school which has a |
18 | | local
attendance area established by the board.
|
19 | | "Multi-area school" means a school other than a local |
20 | | attendance area school.
|
21 | | "Contract school" means an attendance center managed and |
22 | | operated by a for-profit or not-for-profit private entity |
23 | | retained by the board to provide instructional and other |
24 | | services to a majority of the pupils enrolled in the |
25 | | attendance center. |
|
| | SB4056 | - 174 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | "Contract turnaround school" means an experimental |
2 | | contract school created by the board to implement alternative |
3 | | governance in an attendance center subject to restructuring or |
4 | | similar intervention. |
5 | | "Parent" means a parent or legal guardian of an enrolled |
6 | | student of an
attendance center.
|
7 | | "Community resident" means a person, 18 years of age or |
8 | | older,
residing within an attendance area served by a school,
|
9 | | excluding any person who is a parent of a student enrolled in |
10 | | that
school; provided that with respect to any multi-area |
11 | | school, community
resident means any person, 18 years of age |
12 | | or older, residing within the
voting district established for |
13 | | that school pursuant to Section 34-2.1c,
excluding any person |
14 | | who is a parent of a student enrolled in that school.
|
15 | | "School staff" means all licensed and nonlicensed |
16 | | certificated and uncertificated school
personnel, including |
17 | | all teaching and administrative staff (other than the
|
18 | | principal) and including all custodial, food service and other |
19 | | civil
service employees, who are employed at and assigned to |
20 | | perform the majority
of their employment duties at one |
21 | | attendance center served by the same
local school council.
|
22 | | "Regular meetings" means the meeting dates established by |
23 | | the local
school council at its annual organizational meeting.
|
24 | | (Source: P.A. 100-1046, eff. 8-23-18.)
|
25 | | (105 ILCS 5/34-2.3) (from Ch. 122, par. 34-2.3)
|
|
| | SB4056 | - 175 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | Sec. 34-2.3. Local school councils; powers and duties. |
2 | | Each local school
council shall have and exercise, consistent |
3 | | with the provisions of
this Article and the powers and duties |
4 | | of
the board of education, the following powers and duties:
|
5 | | 1. (A) To annually evaluate the performance of the |
6 | | principal of the
attendance
center
using a Board approved |
7 | | principal evaluation form, which shall include the
evaluation |
8 | | of
(i) student academic improvement, as defined by the
school |
9 | | improvement plan, (ii)
student absenteeism rates
at the |
10 | | school, (iii) instructional leadership, (iv) the effective
|
11 | | implementation of
programs, policies, or strategies to improve |
12 | | student academic achievement,
(v) school management, and (vi) |
13 | | any other factors deemed relevant by the local
school council, |
14 | | including, without limitation, the principal's communication
|
15 | | skills and ability to create and maintain a student-centered |
16 | | learning
environment, to develop opportunities for |
17 | | professional development, and to
encourage parental |
18 | | involvement and community partnerships to achieve school
|
19 | | improvement;
|
20 | | (B) to determine in the manner provided by subsection (c) |
21 | | of Section
34-2.2 and subdivision 1.5 of this Section whether |
22 | | the performance contract
of the principal shall be
renewed; |
23 | | and
|
24 | | (C) to directly select, in the manner provided by
|
25 | | subsection (c) of
Section 34-2.2, a new principal (including a |
26 | | new principal to fill a
vacancy)
-- without submitting any |
|
| | SB4056 | - 176 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | list of candidates for that position to the
general |
2 | | superintendent as provided in paragraph 2 of this Section -- |
3 | | to
serve under a 4 year performance contract; provided that |
4 | | (i) the determination
of whether the principal's performance |
5 | | contract is to be renewed, based upon
the evaluation required |
6 | | by subdivision 1.5 of this Section, shall be made no
later than |
7 | | 150 days prior to the expiration of the current |
8 | | performance-based
contract of the principal, (ii) in cases |
9 | | where such performance
contract is not renewed -- a
direct |
10 | | selection
of a
new principal -- to serve under a 4 year |
11 | | performance contract shall be made by
the local school council |
12 | | no later than 45 days prior to the expiration of the
current |
13 | | performance contract of the principal, and (iii) a
selection |
14 | | by
the local school council of a new principal to fill a |
15 | | vacancy under a 4 year
performance contract shall be made |
16 | | within 90 days after the date such vacancy
occurs. A Council |
17 | | shall be required, if requested by the principal, to provide
|
18 | | in writing the reasons for the council's not renewing the |
19 | | principal's contract.
|
20 | | 1.5. The local school council's determination of whether |
21 | | to renew the
principal's contract shall be based on an |
22 | | evaluation to assess the educational
and administrative |
23 | | progress made at the school during the principal's current
|
24 | | performance-based contract. The local school council shall |
25 | | base its evaluation
on (i) student academic improvement, as |
26 | | defined by the school improvement plan,
(ii) student |
|
| | SB4056 | - 177 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | absenteeism rates at the school, (iii) instructional |
2 | | leadership,
(iv) the effective implementation of programs, |
3 | | policies, or strategies to
improve student academic |
4 | | achievement, (v) school management, and (vi) any
other factors |
5 | | deemed relevant by the local school council, including, |
6 | | without
limitation, the principal's communication skills and |
7 | | ability to create and
maintain a student-centered learning |
8 | | environment, to develop opportunities for
professional |
9 | | development, and to encourage parental involvement and |
10 | | community
partnerships to achieve school improvement. If a |
11 | | local school council
fails to renew the performance contract |
12 | | of a principal rated by the general
superintendent, or his or |
13 | | her designee, in the previous years' evaluations as
meeting or |
14 | | exceeding expectations, the principal, within 15 days after |
15 | | the
local school council's decision not to renew the contract, |
16 | | may request a review
of the
local school council's principal |
17 | | non-retention decision by a hearing officer
appointed by the |
18 | | American Arbitration Association. A local school council
|
19 | | member or members or the general superintendent may support |
20 | | the principal's
request for review.
During the period of the |
21 | | hearing officer's review of the local school
council's |
22 | | decision on
whether or not to retain the principal, the local |
23 | | school council shall maintain
all authority
to search for and |
24 | | contract with a person to serve
as interim or acting
|
25 | | principal, or as the
principal of the attendance center under |
26 | | a 4-year performance contract,
provided that any performance |
|
| | SB4056 | - 178 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | contract entered into by the local school council
shall be |
2 | | voidable
or
modified in accordance with the decision of the |
3 | | hearing officer.
The principal may request review only once |
4 | | while at that
attendance center. If a local school council |
5 | | renews the contract of a
principal who failed to obtain a |
6 | | rating of "meets" or "exceeds expectations" in
the general |
7 | | superintendent's evaluation for the previous year, the general |
8 | | superintendent,
within 15
days after the local
school |
9 | | council's decision to renew the contract,
may request a review |
10 | | of
the local school council's principal retention decision by |
11 | | a hearing officer
appointed by the American Arbitration |
12 | | Association. The general superintendent may request a review |
13 | | only
once
for that principal at that attendance center. All |
14 | | requests to review the
retention or non-retention of a |
15 | | principal shall be submitted to the general
superintendent, |
16 | | who shall, in turn, forward such requests, within 14 days of
|
17 | | receipt, to the American Arbitration Association.
The general |
18 | | superintendent shall send a contemporaneous copy of the |
19 | | request
that was forwarded to the American Arbitration |
20 | | Association to the principal and
to each local school council |
21 | | member and shall inform the local school council
of its rights |
22 | | and responsibilities under the arbitration process, including |
23 | | the
local school council's right to representation and the |
24 | | manner and process by
which the Board shall pay the costs of |
25 | | the council's representation.
If the local school council |
26 | | retains the
principal and the general superintendent requests |
|
| | SB4056 | - 179 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | a review of the retention
decision, the local school council |
2 | | and the general
superintendent shall be considered parties to |
3 | | the arbitration, a hearing officer shall
be
chosen between |
4 | | those 2
parties pursuant to procedures promulgated by the |
5 | | State Board of Education,
and the principal may retain counsel |
6 | | and participate in the arbitration. If the local school |
7 | | council does not retain the principal and
the principal |
8 | | requests a review of the retention decision, the local school
|
9 | | council and the principal shall be considered parties to the
|
10 | | arbitration and a hearing
officer shall be chosen between |
11 | | those 2 parties pursuant to procedures
promulgated by the |
12 | | State Board of Education.
The hearing shall begin (i)
within |
13 | | 45 days
after the initial request for review is submitted by |
14 | | the principal to the
general superintendent or (ii) if the
|
15 | | initial request for
review is made by the general |
16 | | superintendent, within 45 days after that request
is mailed
to |
17 | | the American Arbitration Association.
The hearing officer |
18 | | shall render a
decision within 45
days after the hearing |
19 | | begins and within 90 days after the initial request
for |
20 | | review.
The Board shall contract with the American
Arbitration |
21 | | Association for all of the hearing officer's reasonable and
|
22 | | necessary costs. In addition, the Board shall pay any |
23 | | reasonable costs
incurred by a local school council for |
24 | | representation before a hearing
officer.
|
25 | | 1.10. The hearing officer shall conduct a hearing, which |
26 | | shall include (i)
a review of the principal's performance, |
|
| | SB4056 | - 180 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | evaluations, and other evidence of
the principal's service at |
2 | | the school, (ii) reasons provided by the local
school council |
3 | | for its decision, and (iii) documentation evidencing views of
|
4 | | interested persons, including,
without limitation, students, |
5 | | parents, local school council members, school
faculty and |
6 | | staff, the principal, the general superintendent or his or her
|
7 | | designee, and members of the community. The burden of proof in |
8 | | establishing
that the local school council's decision was |
9 | | arbitrary and capricious shall be
on the party requesting the |
10 | | arbitration, and this party shall sustain the
burden by a |
11 | | preponderance of the evidence.
The hearing officer shall set |
12 | | the
local school council decision aside if that decision, in |
13 | | light of the record
developed at the hearing, is arbitrary and |
14 | | capricious. The decision of the
hearing officer may not be |
15 | | appealed to the Board or the State Board of
Education. If the |
16 | | hearing officer decides that the principal shall be
retained, |
17 | | the retention period shall not exceed 2 years.
|
18 | | 2. In the event (i) the local school council does not renew |
19 | | the
performance contract of the principal, or the principal |
20 | | fails to receive a
satisfactory rating as provided in |
21 | | subsection (h) of Section 34-8.3,
or the principal is
removed |
22 | | for cause during the term of his or her performance contract
in |
23 | | the manner provided by Section 34-85, or a vacancy in the |
24 | | position
of principal otherwise occurs prior to the expiration |
25 | | of the term of
a principal's performance contract, and (ii) |
26 | | the local school council
fails to directly select a new |
|
| | SB4056 | - 181 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | principal to serve under a 4 year performance
contract,
the |
2 | | local school council in such event shall submit to the general
|
3 | | superintendent a list of 3 candidates -- listed in the local |
4 | | school
council's order of preference -- for the position of |
5 | | principal, one of
which shall be selected by the general |
6 | | superintendent to serve as
principal of the attendance center. |
7 | | If the general superintendent
fails or refuses to select one |
8 | | of the candidates on the list to serve as
principal within 30 |
9 | | days after being furnished with the candidate list,
the |
10 | | general superintendent shall select and place a principal on |
11 | | an interim
basis (i) for a period not to exceed one year or |
12 | | (ii) until the local school
council selects a new principal |
13 | | with 7 affirmative votes as
provided in subsection (c) of |
14 | | Section 34-2.2, whichever occurs first. If the
local school |
15 | | council
fails or refuses to select and appoint a new |
16 | | principal, as specified by
subsection (c) of Section 34-2.2, |
17 | | the general superintendent may select and
appoint a new |
18 | | principal on an interim basis for
an additional year or until a |
19 | | new contract principal is selected by the local
school |
20 | | council. There shall be no discrimination on the basis of
|
21 | | race, sex, creed, color or
disability unrelated to ability to |
22 | | perform in
connection with the submission of candidates for, |
23 | | and the selection of a
candidate to serve as principal of an |
24 | | attendance center. No person shall
be directly selected, |
25 | | listed as a candidate for, or selected to serve as
principal of |
26 | | an attendance center (i) if such person has been removed for |
|
| | SB4056 | - 182 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | cause
from employment by the Board or (ii) if such person does |
2 | | not hold a valid
Professional Educator License administrative |
3 | | certificate issued or exchanged under Article 21B 21 and
|
4 | | endorsed as required by that Article for the position of |
5 | | principal. A
principal whose performance contract is not |
6 | | renewed as provided under
subsection (c) of Section 34-2.2 may |
7 | | nevertheless, if otherwise qualified
and licensed certified as |
8 | | herein provided
and if he or she has received a satisfactory |
9 | | rating as provided in subsection
(h) of Section 34-8.3, be |
10 | | included by a local school council as
one of the 3 candidates |
11 | | listed in order of preference on any candidate list
from which |
12 | | one person is to be selected to serve as principal of the
|
13 | | attendance center under a new performance contract. The |
14 | | initial candidate
list required to be submitted by a local |
15 | | school council to the general
superintendent in cases where |
16 | | the local school council does not renew the
performance |
17 | | contract of its principal and does not directly select a new
|
18 | | principal to serve under a 4 year performance contract shall |
19 | | be submitted
not later than
30 days prior to the expiration of |
20 | | the current performance contract. In
cases where the local |
21 | | school council fails or refuses to submit the candidate
list |
22 | | to the general superintendent no later than 30 days prior to |
23 | | the
expiration of the incumbent principal's contract, the |
24 | | general superintendent
may
appoint a principal on an interim |
25 | | basis for a period not to exceed one year,
during which time |
26 | | the local school council shall be able to select a new
|
|
| | SB4056 | - 183 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | principal with 7 affirmative votes as provided in subsection |
2 | | (c) of Section
34-2.2. In cases where a principal is removed |
3 | | for cause or a
vacancy otherwise occurs in the position of |
4 | | principal and the vacancy is
not filled by direct selection by |
5 | | the local school council, the candidate
list shall be |
6 | | submitted by the local school council to the general
|
7 | | superintendent within 90 days after the date such
removal or
|
8 | | vacancy occurs.
In cases where the local school council fails |
9 | | or refuses to submit the
candidate list to the general |
10 | | superintendent within 90 days after the date of
the vacancy, |
11 | | the general superintendent may appoint a principal on an |
12 | | interim
basis for a period of one year, during which time the |
13 | | local school council
shall be able to select a new principal |
14 | | with 7 affirmative votes as provided in
subsection (c) of |
15 | | Section 34-2.2.
|
16 | | 2.5. Whenever a vacancy in the office of a principal |
17 | | occurs for any reason,
the vacancy shall be filled in the |
18 | | manner provided by this Section by the
selection of a new |
19 | | principal to serve under a 4 year performance contract.
|
20 | | 3. To establish additional criteria
to be included as part |
21 | | of
the
performance contract of its principal, provided that |
22 | | such additional
criteria shall not discriminate on the basis |
23 | | of race, sex, creed, color
or
disability unrelated to ability |
24 | | to perform, and shall not be inconsistent
with the uniform 4 |
25 | | year performance contract for principals developed by
the |
26 | | board as provided in Section 34-8.1 of the School Code
or with |
|
| | SB4056 | - 184 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | other provisions of this Article governing the
authority and |
2 | | responsibility of principals.
|
3 | | 4. To approve the expenditure plan prepared by the |
4 | | principal with
respect to all funds allocated and distributed |
5 | | to the attendance center by
the Board. The expenditure plan |
6 | | shall be administered by the principal.
Notwithstanding any |
7 | | other provision of this Act or any other law, any
expenditure |
8 | | plan approved and
administered under this Section 34-2.3 shall |
9 | | be consistent with and subject to
the terms of any contract for |
10 | | services with a third party entered into by the
Chicago School |
11 | | Reform Board of Trustees or the board under this Act.
|
12 | | Via a supermajority vote of 8 members of a local school |
13 | | council enrolling students through the 8th grade or 9
members |
14 | | of a local school council at a secondary attendance center or |
15 | | an attendance center enrolling students in grades 7 through |
16 | | 12, the Council may transfer
allocations pursuant to Section |
17 | | 34-2.3 within funds; provided that such a
transfer is |
18 | | consistent with applicable law and
collective bargaining
|
19 | | agreements.
|
20 | | Beginning in fiscal year 1991 and in each fiscal year
|
21 | | thereafter, the
Board may reserve up to 1% of its total fiscal |
22 | | year budget for
distribution
on a prioritized basis to schools |
23 | | throughout the school system in order to
assure adequate |
24 | | programs to meet the needs of
special student populations as |
25 | | determined by the Board. This distribution
shall take into |
26 | | account the needs catalogued in the Systemwide Plan and the
|
|
| | SB4056 | - 185 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | various local school improvement plans of the local school |
2 | | councils.
Information about these centrally funded programs |
3 | | shall be distributed to
the local school councils so that |
4 | | their subsequent planning and programming
will account for |
5 | | these provisions.
|
6 | | Beginning in fiscal year 1991 and in each fiscal year |
7 | | thereafter, from
other amounts available in the applicable |
8 | | fiscal year budget, the board
shall allocate a lump sum amount |
9 | | to each local school based upon
such formula as the board shall |
10 | | determine taking into account the special needs
of the student |
11 | | body. The local school
principal shall develop an expenditure |
12 | | plan in consultation with the local
school council, the |
13 | | professional personnel leadership
committee and with all
other |
14 | | school personnel, which reflects the
priorities and activities |
15 | | as described in the school's local school
improvement plan and |
16 | | is consistent with applicable law and collective
bargaining |
17 | | agreements and with board policies and standards; however, the
|
18 | | local school council shall have the right to request waivers |
19 | | of board policy
from the board of education and waivers of |
20 | | employee collective bargaining
agreements pursuant to Section |
21 | | 34-8.1a.
|
22 | | The expenditure plan developed by the principal with |
23 | | respect to
amounts available from the fund for prioritized |
24 | | special needs programs
and the allocated lump sum amount must |
25 | | be approved by the local school council.
|
26 | | The lump sum allocation shall take into account the
|
|
| | SB4056 | - 186 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | following principles:
|
2 | | a. Teachers: Each school shall be allocated funds |
3 | | equal to the
amount appropriated in the previous school |
4 | | year for compensation for
teachers (regular grades |
5 | | kindergarten through 12th grade) plus whatever
increases |
6 | | in compensation have been negotiated contractually or |
7 | | through
longevity as provided in the negotiated agreement. |
8 | | Adjustments shall be
made due to layoff or reduction in |
9 | | force, lack of funds or work, change in
subject |
10 | | requirements, enrollment changes, or contracts with third
|
11 | | parties for the performance of services or to rectify
any |
12 | | inconsistencies with system-wide allocation formulas or |
13 | | for other
legitimate reasons.
|
14 | | b. Other personnel: Funds for other teacher licensed |
15 | | and nonlicensed certificated and
uncertificated personnel |
16 | | paid through non-categorical funds shall be
provided |
17 | | according to system-wide formulas based on student |
18 | | enrollment and
the special needs of the school as |
19 | | determined by the Board.
|
20 | | c. Non-compensation items: Appropriations for all |
21 | | non-compensation items
shall be based on system-wide |
22 | | formulas based on student enrollment and
on the special |
23 | | needs of the school or factors related to the physical
|
24 | | plant, including but not limited to textbooks, electronic |
25 | | textbooks and the technological equipment necessary to |
26 | | gain access to and use electronic textbooks, supplies, |
|
| | SB4056 | - 187 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | electricity,
equipment, and routine maintenance.
|
2 | | d. Funds for categorical programs: Schools shall |
3 | | receive personnel
and funds based on, and shall use such |
4 | | personnel and funds in accordance
with State and Federal |
5 | | requirements applicable to each
categorical program
|
6 | | provided to meet the special needs of the student body |
7 | | (including but not
limited to, Federal Chapter I, |
8 | | Bilingual, and Special Education).
|
9 | | d.1. Funds for State Title I: Each school shall |
10 | | receive
funds based on State and Board requirements |
11 | | applicable to each State
Title I pupil provided to meet |
12 | | the special needs of the student body. Each
school shall |
13 | | receive the proportion of funds as provided in Section |
14 | | 18-8 or 18-8.15 to
which they are entitled. These funds |
15 | | shall be spent only with the
budgetary approval of the |
16 | | Local School Council as provided in Section 34-2.3.
|
17 | | e. The Local School Council shall have the right to |
18 | | request the
principal to close positions and open new ones |
19 | | consistent with the
provisions of the local school |
20 | | improvement plan provided that these
decisions are |
21 | | consistent with applicable law and
collective bargaining
|
22 | | agreements. If a position is closed, pursuant to this |
23 | | paragraph, the local
school shall have for its use the |
24 | | system-wide average compensation for the
closed position.
|
25 | | f. Operating within existing laws and
collective |
26 | | bargaining agreements,
the local school council shall have |
|
| | SB4056 | - 188 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | the right to direct the principal to
shift expenditures |
2 | | within funds.
|
3 | | g. (Blank).
|
4 | | Any funds unexpended at the end of the fiscal year shall be |
5 | | available to
the board of education for use as part of its |
6 | | budget for the following
fiscal year.
|
7 | | 5. To make recommendations to the principal concerning |
8 | | textbook
selection and concerning curriculum developed |
9 | | pursuant to the school
improvement plan which is consistent |
10 | | with systemwide curriculum objectives
in accordance with |
11 | | Sections 34-8 and 34-18 of the School Code and in
conformity |
12 | | with the collective bargaining agreement.
|
13 | | 6. To advise the principal concerning the attendance and
|
14 | | disciplinary policies for the attendance center, subject to |
15 | | the provisions
of this Article and Article 26, and consistent |
16 | | with the uniform system of
discipline established by the board |
17 | | pursuant to Section 34-19.
|
18 | | 7. To approve a school improvement plan developed as |
19 | | provided in Section
34-2.4. The process and schedule for plan |
20 | | development shall be publicized
to the entire school |
21 | | community, and the community shall be afforded the
opportunity |
22 | | to make recommendations concerning the plan. At least twice a
|
23 | | year the principal and
local
school council shall report |
24 | | publicly on
progress and problems with respect to plan |
25 | | implementation.
|
26 | | 8. To evaluate the allocation of teaching resources and |
|
| | SB4056 | - 189 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | other licensed and nonlicensed
certificated and uncertificated |
2 | | staff to the attendance center to determine
whether such |
3 | | allocation is consistent with and in furtherance of
|
4 | | instructional objectives and school programs reflective of the |
5 | | school
improvement plan adopted for the attendance center; and |
6 | | to make
recommendations to the board, the general |
7 | | superintendent
and the
principal concerning any reallocation |
8 | | of teaching resources
or other staff whenever the council |
9 | | determines that any such
reallocation is appropriate because |
10 | | the qualifications of any existing
staff at the attendance |
11 | | center do not adequately match or support
instructional |
12 | | objectives or school programs which reflect the school
|
13 | | improvement plan.
|
14 | | 9. To make recommendations to the principal and the |
15 | | general superintendent
concerning their respective |
16 | | appointments, after August 31, 1989, and in the
manner |
17 | | provided by Section 34-8 and Section 34-8.1,
of persons to |
18 | | fill any vacant, additional or newly created
positions for |
19 | | teachers at the attendance center or at attendance centers
|
20 | | which include the attendance center served by the local school |
21 | | council.
|
22 | | 10. To request of the Board the manner in which training |
23 | | and
assistance shall be provided to the local school council. |
24 | | Pursuant to Board
guidelines a local school council is |
25 | | authorized to direct
the Board of Education to contract with |
26 | | personnel or not-for-profit
organizations not associated with |
|
| | SB4056 | - 190 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | the school district to train or assist
council members. If |
2 | | training or assistance is provided by contract with
personnel |
3 | | or organizations not associated with the school district, the
|
4 | | period of training or assistance shall not exceed 30 hours |
5 | | during a given
school year; person shall not be employed on a |
6 | | continuous basis longer than
said period and shall not have |
7 | | been employed by the Chicago Board of
Education within the |
8 | | preceding six months. Council members shall receive
training |
9 | | in at least the following areas:
|
10 | | 1. school budgets;
|
11 | | 2. educational theory pertinent to the attendance |
12 | | center's particular
needs, including the development of |
13 | | the school improvement plan and the
principal's |
14 | | performance contract; and
|
15 | | 3. personnel selection.
|
16 | | Council members shall, to the greatest extent possible, |
17 | | complete such
training within 90 days of election.
|
18 | | 11. In accordance with systemwide guidelines contained in |
19 | | the
System-Wide Educational Reform Goals and Objectives Plan, |
20 | | criteria for
evaluation of performance shall be established |
21 | | for local school councils
and local school council members. If |
22 | | a local school council persists in
noncompliance with |
23 | | systemwide requirements, the Board may impose sanctions
and |
24 | | take necessary corrective action, consistent with Section |
25 | | 34-8.3.
|
26 | | 12. Each local school council shall comply with the Open |
|
| | SB4056 | - 191 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | Meetings Act and
the Freedom of Information Act. Each local |
2 | | school council shall issue and
transmit to its school |
3 | | community a detailed annual report accounting for
its |
4 | | activities programmatically and financially. Each local school |
5 | | council
shall convene at least 2 well-publicized meetings |
6 | | annually with its entire
school community. These meetings |
7 | | shall include presentation of the
proposed local school |
8 | | improvement plan, of the proposed school expenditure
plan, and |
9 | | the annual report, and shall provide an opportunity for public
|
10 | | comment.
|
11 | | 13. Each local school council is encouraged to involve |
12 | | additional
non-voting members of the school community in |
13 | | facilitating the council's
exercise of its responsibilities.
|
14 | | 14. The local school council may adopt a school
uniform or |
15 | | dress
code policy that governs the attendance center and that |
16 | | is
necessary to maintain the orderly process of a school |
17 | | function or prevent
endangerment of student health or safety, |
18 | | consistent with the policies and
rules of the Board of |
19 | | Education.
A school uniform or dress code policy adopted
by a |
20 | | local school council: (i) shall not be applied in such manner |
21 | | as to
discipline or deny attendance to a transfer student or |
22 | | any other student for
noncompliance with that
policy during |
23 | | such period of time as is reasonably necessary to enable the
|
24 | | student to acquire a school uniform or otherwise comply with |
25 | | the dress code
policy that is in effect at the attendance |
26 | | center into which the student's
enrollment is transferred; |
|
| | SB4056 | - 192 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | (ii) shall include criteria and procedures under
which the |
2 | | local school council will accommodate the needs of or |
3 | | otherwise
provide
appropriate resources to assist a student |
4 | | from an indigent family in complying
with an applicable school |
5 | | uniform or dress code policy; and (iii) shall not include or |
6 | | apply to hairstyles, including hairstyles historically |
7 | | associated with race, ethnicity, or hair texture, including, |
8 | | but not limited to, protective hairstyles such as braids, |
9 | | locks, and twists.
A student whose parents or legal guardians |
10 | | object on religious grounds to the
student's compliance with |
11 | | an applicable school uniform or dress code policy
shall not be |
12 | | required to comply with that policy if the student's parents |
13 | | or
legal guardians present to the local school council a |
14 | | signed statement of
objection detailing the grounds for the |
15 | | objection. If a local school council does not comply with the |
16 | | requirements and prohibitions set forth in this paragraph 14, |
17 | | the attendance center is subject to the penalty imposed |
18 | | pursuant to subsection (a) of Section 2-3.25.
|
19 | | 15. All decisions made and actions taken by the local |
20 | | school council in
the exercise of its powers and duties shall |
21 | | comply with State and federal
laws, all applicable collective |
22 | | bargaining agreements, court orders and
rules properly |
23 | | promulgated by the Board.
|
24 | | 15a. To grant, in accordance with board rules and |
25 | | policies,
the use of assembly halls and classrooms when not |
26 | | otherwise needed,
including lighting, heat, and attendants, |
|
| | SB4056 | - 193 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | for public lectures, concerts, and
other educational and |
2 | | social activities.
|
3 | | 15b. To approve, in accordance with board rules and |
4 | | policies, receipts and
expenditures for all internal accounts |
5 | | of the
attendance center, and to approve all fund-raising |
6 | | activities by nonschool
organizations that use the school |
7 | | building.
|
8 | | 16. (Blank).
|
9 | | 17. Names and addresses of local school council members |
10 | | shall
be a matter of public record.
|
11 | | (Source: P.A. 102-360, eff. 1-1-22; 102-677, eff. 12-3-21.)
|
12 | | (105 ILCS 5/34-2.4a) (from Ch. 122, par. 34-2.4a)
|
13 | | Sec. 34-2.4a. Professional personnel leadership committee.
|
14 | | (a) At each
attendance center operated pursuant to this |
15 | | Article, a professional
personnel leadership committee |
16 | | consisting of (i) up to 7
members
elected each school year who |
17 | | are licensed certified classroom teachers or
other licensed |
18 | | certificated personnel, who are employed at the attendance
|
19 | | center, and
who desire to be members of the committee
and (ii) |
20 | | the 2 teacher members of the local school council. The teacher
|
21 | | members of the local school council shall serve as co-chairs |
22 | | of the
committee, or one teacher member of the local school |
23 | | council chosen by
the committee shall serve as chair of the |
24 | | committee.
The size of the committee shall be determined by |
25 | | the licensed certified classroom
teachers and other licensed |
|
| | SB4056 | - 194 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | certificated personnel at the attendance center,
including the |
2 | | principal.
|
3 | | (b) The purpose of the committee is to develop and |
4 | | formally
present recommendations to the principal and the |
5 | | local school council on
all matters of educational program, |
6 | | including but not limited to
curriculum,
school improvement |
7 | | plan development and implementation, and school
budgeting.
|
8 | | (c) For the elected committee members, the principal
shall |
9 | | convene a publicized meeting of all licensed certified |
10 | | classroom teachers and
other licensed certificated personnel, |
11 | | at which meeting those licensed certified classroom
teachers |
12 | | and other licensed certificated personnel present, excluding |
13 | | the principal,
shall elect members to serve
on the
committee. |
14 | | A staff member eligible to vote
may vote for
the same number of |
15 | | candidates in the election as the number of members to
be |
16 | | elected, but votes shall not
be cumulated. Ties shall be |
17 | | determined by lot. Vacancies shall be filled
in like manner.
|
18 | | (d) All committee meetings shall be held before or after |
19 | | school
with no loss of instructional time. Committee members |
20 | | shall receive no
compensation for their activities as |
21 | | committee members.
|
22 | | (e) In furtherance of its purpose, the committee shall |
23 | | have the
authority to gather information from school staff |
24 | | through interviews, on
noninstructional time, without the |
25 | | prior approval of the principal, the local
school council, the |
26 | | board, the board's chief executive officer, or the chief
|
|
| | SB4056 | - 195 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | executive officer's administrative staff.
|
2 | | The committee shall meet once a month with the principal
|
3 | | to make recommendations to the principal regarding the |
4 | | specific
methods and contents of the school's curriculum and |
5 | | to make other
educational
improvement recommendations approved |
6 | | by the
committee. A report from the committee regarding these |
7 | | matters may be
an agenda item at each regular meeting of the |
8 | | local school council.
|
9 | | The principal shall provide the committee with the |
10 | | opportunity to
review and make recommendations regarding the |
11 | | school improvement
plan and school budget. The teacher members |
12 | | of the local school council
may bring motions concerning the |
13 | | recommendations approved by the
committee, which motions shall |
14 | | formally be considered at meetings of the local
school |
15 | | council.
|
16 | | (Source: P.A. 93-48, eff. 7-1-03.)
|
17 | | (105 ILCS 5/34-8.1) (from Ch. 122, par. 34-8.1)
|
18 | | Sec. 34-8.1. Principals. Principals shall be employed to |
19 | | supervise the
operation of each attendance center. Their |
20 | | powers and duties shall include
but not be limited to the |
21 | | authority (i) to
direct, supervise, evaluate, and suspend with |
22 | | or without pay or otherwise
discipline all teachers, assistant |
23 | | principals, and other employees assigned to
the attendance |
24 | | center in accordance with board rules and policies and (ii) to
|
25 | | direct
all other persons assigned to the
attendance center |
|
| | SB4056 | - 196 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | pursuant to a contract with a third party to provide services
|
2 | | to the school system. The right to employ, discharge, and |
3 | | layoff shall be
vested solely with the board, provided that |
4 | | decisions to
discharge or suspend
nonlicensed non-certified |
5 | | employees, including disciplinary layoffs, and the
termination |
6 | | of licensed certified employees from employment pursuant to a |
7 | | layoff
or reassignment policy are subject to review under the |
8 | | grievance resolution
procedure adopted pursuant to subsection |
9 | | (c) of Section 10 of the Illinois
Educational Labor Relations |
10 | | Act. The grievance resolution procedure
adopted by the board |
11 | | shall provide for final and binding arbitration, and,
|
12 | | notwithstanding any other provision of law to the contrary, |
13 | | the
arbitrator's decision may include all make-whole relief, |
14 | | including without
limitation reinstatement. The principal |
15 | | shall fill positions by
appointment as provided in this |
16 | | Section and may make recommendations to the
board regarding |
17 | | the employment, discharge, or layoff of any individual. The
|
18 | | authority of the principal shall include the
authority to |
19 | | direct the hours during which the attendance center
shall be |
20 | | open and available for use provided the use complies with |
21 | | board rules
and policies, to determine when and what |
22 | | operations shall be conducted within
those hours, and to |
23 | | schedule staff within those hours. Under the direction of, and |
24 | | subject to the authority
of the principal, the Engineer In |
25 | | Charge shall
be accountable for the safe, economical operation |
26 | | of the plant and grounds
and shall also be responsible for |
|
| | SB4056 | - 197 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | orientation, training,
and supervising the work of Engineers,
|
2 | | Trainees, school maintenance assistants, custodial workers and |
3 | | other plant
operation employees under his or her direction.
|
4 | | There shall be established by the board a system of |
5 | | semi-annual
evaluations conducted by the principal as to |
6 | | performance of the engineer in charge. Nothing
in this Section |
7 | | shall prevent the principal from conducting additional
|
8 | | evaluations. An overall
numerical rating shall be given by the |
9 | | principal based on the evaluation
conducted by the principal. |
10 | | An unsatisfactory numerical rating shall result in
|
11 | | disciplinary
action, which may include, without limitation and |
12 | | in the judgment of the
principal, loss of
promotion
or bidding |
13 | | procedure, reprimand, suspension with or without pay, or
|
14 | | recommended dismissal. The board shall establish
procedures |
15 | | for conducting the
evaluation
and reporting the results to the |
16 | | engineer in charge.
|
17 | | Under the direction of, and subject to the authority of, |
18 | | the principal, the
Food Service Manager is responsible at
all |
19 | | times for the proper operation and maintenance of the lunch |
20 | | room to which
he is assigned and shall also be responsible for |
21 | | the orientation, training, and
supervising the work of cooks, |
22 | | bakers, porters,
and lunchroom attendants under his or
her |
23 | | direction.
|
24 | | There shall be established by the Board a system of |
25 | | semi-annual
evaluations conducted by the principal as to the |
26 | | performance of the food
service manager.
Nothing in this |
|
| | SB4056 | - 198 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | Section shall prevent the principal from conducting
additional |
2 | | evaluations. An overall numerical rating shall be given by the
|
3 | | principal based on the
evaluation conducted by the principal. |
4 | | An unsatisfactory numerical rating
shall
result in |
5 | | disciplinary action which may include, without limitation and |
6 | | in
the judgment of the principal, loss of promotion or bidding |
7 | | procedure,
reprimand, suspension with or without pay, or |
8 | | recommended dismissal. The board
shall establish rules for |
9 | | conducting the evaluation and
reporting the results to the |
10 | | food service manager.
|
11 | | Nothing in this Section shall be interpreted to require |
12 | | the employment or
assignment of an Engineer-In-Charge or a |
13 | | Food Service Manager for each
attendance center.
|
14 | | Principals shall be employed to supervise the educational |
15 | | operation of
each attendance center. If a principal is absent |
16 | | due to extended
illness or leave of absence, an assistant |
17 | | principal may be assigned as
acting principal for a period not |
18 | | to exceed 100 school days. Each principal
shall assume |
19 | | administrative responsibility and instructional leadership, in
|
20 | | accordance with reasonable rules and regulations of the board, |
21 | | for the
planning, operation and evaluation of the educational |
22 | | program of the
attendance center to which he is assigned. The |
23 | | principal shall submit
recommendations to the general |
24 | | superintendent concerning the appointment,
dismissal, |
25 | | retention, promotion, and assignment of all personnel assigned |
26 | | to
the attendance center; provided, that from and after |
|
| | SB4056 | - 199 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | September 1, 1989: (i) if
any vacancy occurs in a position at |
2 | | the
attendance center or if an additional or new position is |
3 | | created at the attendance center, that position shall be |
4 | | filled
by appointment made by the principal in accordance with |
5 | | procedures
established and provided by the Board
whenever the |
6 | | majority of the duties included in that position are to be
|
7 | | performed at the attendance center which is under the |
8 | | principal's supervision,
and each such appointment so made by |
9 | | the principal
shall be made and based upon merit and ability to |
10 | | perform in that position
without regard to seniority or length |
11 | | of service, provided, that such
appointments shall be subject |
12 | | to the Board's desegregation obligations,
including but not |
13 | | limited to the Consent Decree and Desegregation Plan in
U.S. |
14 | | v. Chicago Board of Education; (ii)
the principal shall submit |
15 | | recommendations based upon merit and ability to
perform in the |
16 | | particular position, without regard to
seniority or length of |
17 | | service, to the general
superintendent
concerning the |
18 | | appointment of any teacher, teacher aide, counselor, clerk,
|
19 | | hall guard, security guard and any other personnel which is
to |
20 | | be made by the general superintendent whenever less than
a |
21 | | majority
of the duties of that teacher, teacher aide, |
22 | | counselor, clerk, hall guard,
and security guard and any other |
23 | | personnel are to be performed
at the attendance center which |
24 | | is under the principal's supervision; and
(iii) subject to law |
25 | | and the applicable collective bargaining agreements,
the |
26 | | authority and responsibilities of a principal with respect to |
|
| | SB4056 | - 200 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | the
evaluation of all teachers and other personnel assigned to |
2 | | an attendance
center shall commence immediately upon his or |
3 | | her appointment as principal
of the attendance center, without |
4 | | regard to the length of time that he or
she has been the |
5 | | principal of that attendance center.
|
6 | | Notwithstanding the existence of any other law of this |
7 | | State, nothing in
this Act shall prevent the board from |
8 | | entering into a contract with a third
party for services |
9 | | currently performed by any employee or bargaining unit
member.
|
10 | | Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article, each |
11 | | principal may
approve contracts, binding on the board, in the |
12 | | amount of no more than $10,000,
if the contract is endorsed by |
13 | | the Local School Council.
|
14 | | Unless otherwise prohibited by law or by rule of the |
15 | | board, the principal
shall provide to local
school council |
16 | | members copies of all
internal audits and any other pertinent |
17 | | information generated by any audits or
reviews of the programs |
18 | | and operation of the attendance center.
|
19 | | Each principal shall hold a valid Professional Educator |
20 | | License administrative certificate issued or exchanged in |
21 | | accordance with Article 21B 21 and endorsed
as required by |
22 | | that Article for the position of principal. The board may
|
23 | | establish or impose academic,
educational, examination, and |
24 | | experience requirements and
criteria that are in addition
to |
25 | | those established and required by Article 21B 21 for issuance |
26 | | of a valid license
certificate endorsed for the position of |
|
| | SB4056 | - 201 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | principal as a condition of the nomination, selection,
|
2 | | appointment,
employment, or continued employment of a person |
3 | | as principal of any
attendance center, or as a condition of the |
4 | | renewal of any principal's
performance contract.
|
5 | | The board shall specify in its formal job description for |
6 | | principals,
and from and after July 1, 1990 shall specify in |
7 | | the 4 year
performance contracts for use with respect to all |
8 | | principals,
that his or her primary responsibility is in the |
9 | | improvement of
instruction. A majority of the time spent by a |
10 | | principal shall be spent on
curriculum and staff development |
11 | | through both formal and informal
activities, establishing |
12 | | clear lines of communication regarding school
goals, |
13 | | accomplishments, practices and policies with parents and |
14 | | teachers.
The principal, with the assistance of the local |
15 | | school council, shall
develop a school improvement plan as |
16 | | provided in Section 34-2.4 and, upon
approval of the plan by |
17 | | the local school council, shall
be responsible for directing |
18 | | implementation of the plan. The principal,
with the assistance |
19 | | of the professional personnel leadership committee, shall
|
20 | | develop the specific methods and contents of the school's |
21 | | curriculum within
the board's system-wide curriculum standards |
22 | | and objectives and the
requirements of the school improvement |
23 | | plan. The board shall ensure that all
principals are evaluated |
24 | | on their instructional leadership ability and their
ability to |
25 | | maintain a positive education and learning climate. It shall |
26 | | also
be the responsibility of the principal to utilize |
|
| | SB4056 | - 202 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | resources of proper law
enforcement agencies when the safety |
2 | | and welfare of students and teachers are
threatened by illegal |
3 | | use of drugs and alcohol, by illegal use or possession
of |
4 | | weapons, or by illegal gang activity.
|
5 | | Nothing in this Section shall prohibit the board and the |
6 | | exclusive representative of the district's teachers from |
7 | | entering into an agreement under Section 34-85c of this Code |
8 | | to establish alternative procedures for teacher evaluation, |
9 | | remediation, and removal for cause after remediation, |
10 | | including an alternative system for peer evaluation and |
11 | | recommendations, for teachers assigned to schools identified |
12 | | in that agreement.
|
13 | | On or before October 1, 1989, the Board of Education, in |
14 | | consultation
with any professional organization representing |
15 | | principals in the district,
shall promulgate rules and |
16 | | implement a lottery for the purpose of
determining whether a |
17 | | principal's existing performance contract (including
the |
18 | | performance contract applicable to any principal's position in |
19 | | which a
vacancy then exists) expires on June 30, 1990 or on |
20 | | June 30, 1991, and
whether the ensuing 4 year performance |
21 | | contract begins on July 1, 1990 or
July 1, 1991. The Board of |
22 | | Education shall establish and conduct the
lottery in such |
23 | | manner that of all the performance contracts of principals
|
24 | | (including the performance contracts applicable to all |
25 | | principal positions
in which a vacancy then exists), 50% of |
26 | | such contracts shall expire on June
30, 1990, and 50% shall |
|
| | SB4056 | - 203 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | expire on June 30, 1991. All persons serving as
principal on |
2 | | May 1, 1989, and all persons appointed as principal after May
|
3 | | 1, 1989 and prior to July 1, 1990 or July 1, 1991, in a manner |
4 | | other than
as provided by Section 34-2.3, shall be deemed by |
5 | | operation of
law to be serving under a performance contract |
6 | | which expires on June 30,
1990 or June 30, 1991; and unless |
7 | | such performance contract of any such
principal is renewed (or |
8 | | such person is again appointed to serve as
principal) in the |
9 | | manner provided by Section 34-2.2 or 34-2.3, the
employment of |
10 | | such person as principal shall terminate on June 30, 1990
or |
11 | | June 30, 1991.
|
12 | | Commencing on July 1, 1990, or on July 1, 1991, and |
13 | | thereafter, the
principal of each attendance center shall be |
14 | | the person selected in the
manner provided by Section 34-2.3 |
15 | | to serve as principal of that attendance
center under a 4 year |
16 | | performance contract. All performance contracts of
principals |
17 | | expiring after July 1, 1990, or July 1, 1991, shall commence on
|
18 | | the date specified in the contract, and the renewal of their |
19 | | performance
contracts and the appointment of principals when |
20 | | their performance contracts
are not renewed shall be governed |
21 | | by Sections 34-2.2 and 34-2.3. Whenever a
vacancy in the |
22 | | office of a principal occurs for any reason, the vacancy shall
|
23 | | be filled by the selection of a new principal to serve under a |
24 | | 4 year
performance contract in the manner provided by Section |
25 | | 34-2.3.
|
26 | | The board of education shall develop and prepare, in |
|
| | SB4056 | - 204 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | consultation with
the organization representing principals, a |
2 | | performance contract for
use
at all attendance centers, and |
3 | | shall furnish the same to each local school
council. The term |
4 | | of the performance contract shall be 4 years, unless the
|
5 | | principal is retained by the decision of a hearing officer |
6 | | pursuant to
subdivision 1.5 of Section 34-2.3, in which case |
7 | | the contract shall be
extended for 2 years. The performance
|
8 | | contract of each principal shall consist of the
uniform |
9 | | performance contract, as developed or from time to time |
10 | | modified by the
board, and such additional criteria as are |
11 | | established by a local school
council pursuant to Section |
12 | | 34-2.3 for the performance contract of its
principal.
|
13 | | During the term of his or her performance contract, a |
14 | | principal may be
removed only as provided for in the |
15 | | performance contract except for cause.
He or she shall also be |
16 | | obliged to follow the rules of the board of
education |
17 | | concerning conduct and efficiency.
|
18 | | In the event the performance contract of a principal is |
19 | | not renewed or a
principal is not reappointed as principal |
20 | | under a new performance contract,
or in the event a principal |
21 | | is appointed to any position of
superintendent or higher |
22 | | position, or voluntarily
resigns his position of principal, |
23 | | his or her employment as a principal
shall terminate and such |
24 | | former principal shall not be
reinstated to the position from |
25 | | which he or she was promoted to principal,
except that he or |
26 | | she, if otherwise qualified and licensed certified in |
|
| | SB4056 | - 205 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | accordance
with Article 21B 21 , shall be placed by the board on |
2 | | appropriate eligibility
lists which it prepares for use in the |
3 | | filling of vacant or additional or
newly created positions for |
4 | | teachers. The principal's total years of
service to the board |
5 | | as both a teacher and a principal, or in other
professional |
6 | | capacities, shall be used in calculating years of experience
|
7 | | for purposes of being selected as a teacher into new, |
8 | | additional or vacant
positions.
|
9 | | In the event the performance contract of a principal is |
10 | | not renewed or
a principal is not reappointed as principal |
11 | | under a new performance
contract, such principal shall be |
12 | | eligible to continue to receive his or
her previously provided |
13 | | level of health insurance benefits for a period of
90 days |
14 | | following the non-renewal of the contract at no expense to the
|
15 | | principal, provided that such principal has not retired.
|
16 | | (Source: P.A. 99-642, eff. 7-28-16.)
|
17 | | (105 ILCS 5/34-18) (from Ch. 122, par. 34-18)
|
18 | | Sec. 34-18. Powers of the board. The board shall exercise |
19 | | general
supervision and jurisdiction over the public education |
20 | | and the public
school system of the city, and, except as |
21 | | otherwise provided by this
Article, shall have power:
|
22 | | 1. To make suitable provision for the establishment |
23 | | and maintenance
throughout the year or for such portion |
24 | | thereof as it may direct, not
less than 9 months and in |
25 | | compliance with Section 10-19.05, of schools of all grades |
|
| | SB4056 | - 206 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | and kinds, including normal
schools, high schools, night |
2 | | schools, schools for defectives and
delinquents, parental |
3 | | and truant schools, schools for the blind, the
deaf, and |
4 | | persons with physical disabilities, schools or classes in |
5 | | manual training,
constructural and vocational teaching, |
6 | | domestic arts, and physical
culture, vocation and |
7 | | extension schools and lecture courses, and all
other |
8 | | educational courses and facilities, including |
9 | | establishing,
equipping, maintaining and operating |
10 | | playgrounds and recreational
programs, when such programs |
11 | | are conducted in, adjacent to, or connected
with any |
12 | | public school under the general supervision and |
13 | | jurisdiction
of the board; provided that the calendar for |
14 | | the school term and any changes must be submitted to and |
15 | | approved by the State Board of Education before the |
16 | | calendar or changes may take effect, and provided that in |
17 | | allocating funds
from year to year for the operation of |
18 | | all attendance centers within the
district, the board |
19 | | shall ensure that supplemental general State aid or |
20 | | supplemental grant funds
are allocated and applied in |
21 | | accordance with Section 18-8, 18-8.05, or 18-8.15. To
|
22 | | admit to such
schools without charge foreign exchange |
23 | | students who are participants in
an organized exchange |
24 | | student program which is authorized by the board.
The |
25 | | board shall permit all students to enroll in |
26 | | apprenticeship programs
in trade schools operated by the |
|
| | SB4056 | - 207 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | board, whether those programs are
union-sponsored or not. |
2 | | No student shall be refused admission into or
be excluded |
3 | | from any course of instruction offered in the common |
4 | | schools
by reason of that student's sex. No student shall |
5 | | be denied equal
access to physical education and |
6 | | interscholastic athletic programs
supported from school |
7 | | district funds or denied participation in
comparable |
8 | | physical education and athletic programs solely by reason |
9 | | of
the student's sex. Equal access to programs supported |
10 | | from school
district funds and comparable programs will be |
11 | | defined in rules
promulgated by the State Board of |
12 | | Education in
consultation with the Illinois High School |
13 | | Association.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this |
14 | | Article, neither the board
of education nor any local |
15 | | school council or other school official shall
recommend |
16 | | that children with disabilities be placed into regular |
17 | | education
classrooms unless those children with |
18 | | disabilities are provided with
supplementary services to |
19 | | assist them so that they benefit from the regular
|
20 | | classroom instruction and are included on the teacher's |
21 | | regular education
class register;
|
22 | | 2. To furnish lunches to pupils, to make a reasonable |
23 | | charge
therefor, and to use school funds for the payment |
24 | | of such expenses as
the board may determine are necessary |
25 | | in conducting the school lunch
program;
|
26 | | 3. To co-operate with the circuit court;
|
|
| | SB4056 | - 208 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | 4. To make arrangements with the public or |
2 | | quasi-public libraries
and museums for the use of their |
3 | | facilities by teachers and pupils of
the public schools;
|
4 | | 5. To employ dentists and prescribe their duties for |
5 | | the purpose of
treating the pupils in the schools, but |
6 | | accepting such treatment shall
be optional with parents or |
7 | | guardians;
|
8 | | 6. To grant the use of assembly halls and classrooms |
9 | | when not
otherwise needed, including light, heat, and |
10 | | attendants, for free public
lectures, concerts, and other |
11 | | educational and social interests, free of
charge, under |
12 | | such provisions and control as the principal of the
|
13 | | affected attendance center may prescribe;
|
14 | | 7. To apportion the pupils to the several schools; |
15 | | provided that no pupil
shall be excluded from or |
16 | | segregated in any such school on account of his
color, |
17 | | race, sex, or nationality. The board shall take into |
18 | | consideration
the prevention of segregation and the |
19 | | elimination of separation of children
in public schools |
20 | | because of color, race, sex, or nationality. Except that
|
21 | | children may be committed to or attend parental and social |
22 | | adjustment schools
established and maintained either for |
23 | | boys or girls only. All records
pertaining to the |
24 | | creation, alteration or revision of attendance areas shall
|
25 | | be open to the public. Nothing herein shall limit the |
26 | | board's authority to
establish multi-area attendance |
|
| | SB4056 | - 209 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | centers or other student assignment systems
for |
2 | | desegregation purposes or otherwise, and to apportion the |
3 | | pupils to the
several schools. Furthermore, beginning in |
4 | | school year 1994-95, pursuant
to a board plan adopted by |
5 | | October 1, 1993, the board shall offer, commencing
on a |
6 | | phased-in basis, the opportunity for families within the |
7 | | school
district to apply for enrollment of their children |
8 | | in any attendance center
within the school district which |
9 | | does not have selective admission
requirements approved by |
10 | | the board. The appropriate geographical area in
which such |
11 | | open enrollment may be exercised shall be determined by |
12 | | the
board of education. Such children may be admitted to |
13 | | any such attendance
center on a space available basis |
14 | | after all children residing within such
attendance |
15 | | center's area have been accommodated. If the number of
|
16 | | applicants from outside the attendance area exceed the |
17 | | space available,
then successful applicants shall be |
18 | | selected by lottery. The board of
education's open |
19 | | enrollment plan must include provisions that allow |
20 | | low-income students to have access to transportation |
21 | | needed to exercise school
choice. Open enrollment shall be |
22 | | in compliance with the provisions of the
Consent Decree |
23 | | and Desegregation Plan cited in Section 34-1.01;
|
24 | | 8. To approve programs and policies for providing |
25 | | transportation
services to students. Nothing herein shall |
26 | | be construed to permit or empower
the State Board of |
|
| | SB4056 | - 210 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | Education to order, mandate, or require busing or other
|
2 | | transportation of pupils for the purpose of achieving |
3 | | racial balance in any
school;
|
4 | | 9. Subject to the limitations in this Article, to |
5 | | establish and
approve system-wide curriculum objectives |
6 | | and standards, including graduation
standards, which |
7 | | reflect the
multi-cultural diversity in the city and are |
8 | | consistent with State law,
provided that for all purposes |
9 | | of this Article courses or
proficiency in American Sign |
10 | | Language shall be deemed to constitute courses
or |
11 | | proficiency in a foreign language; and to employ |
12 | | principals and teachers,
appointed as provided in this
|
13 | | Article, and fix their compensation. The board shall |
14 | | prepare such reports
related to minimal competency testing |
15 | | as may be requested by the State
Board of Education and, in |
16 | | addition, shall monitor and approve special
education and |
17 | | bilingual education programs and policies within the |
18 | | district to ensure
that appropriate services are provided |
19 | | in accordance with applicable
State and federal laws to |
20 | | children requiring services and education in those
areas;
|
21 | | 10. To employ non-teaching personnel or utilize |
22 | | volunteer personnel
for: (i) non-teaching duties not |
23 | | requiring instructional judgment or
evaluation of pupils, |
24 | | including library duties; and (ii) supervising study
|
25 | | halls, long distance teaching reception areas used |
26 | | incident to instructional
programs transmitted by |
|
| | SB4056 | - 211 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | electronic media such as computers, video, and audio,
|
2 | | detention and discipline areas, and school-sponsored |
3 | | extracurricular
activities. The board may further utilize |
4 | | volunteer nonlicensed non-certificated
personnel or employ |
5 | | nonlicensed non-certificated personnel to
assist in the |
6 | | instruction of pupils under the immediate supervision of a
|
7 | | teacher holding a valid educator license certificate , |
8 | | directly engaged in teaching
subject matter or conducting |
9 | | activities; provided that the teacher
shall be |
10 | | continuously aware of the nonlicensed non-certificated |
11 | | persons' activities and
shall be able to control or modify |
12 | | them. The general superintendent shall
determine |
13 | | qualifications of such personnel and shall prescribe rules |
14 | | for
determining the duties and activities to be assigned |
15 | | to such personnel;
|
16 | | 10.5. To utilize volunteer personnel from a regional |
17 | | School Crisis
Assistance Team (S.C.A.T.), created as part |
18 | | of the Safe to Learn Program
established pursuant to |
19 | | Section 25 of the Illinois Violence Prevention Act
of |
20 | | 1995, to provide assistance to schools in times of |
21 | | violence or other
traumatic incidents within a school |
22 | | community by providing crisis
intervention services to |
23 | | lessen the effects of emotional trauma on
individuals and |
24 | | the community; the School Crisis Assistance Team
Steering |
25 | | Committee shall determine the qualifications for |
26 | | volunteers;
|
|
| | SB4056 | - 212 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | 11. To provide television studio facilities in not to |
2 | | exceed one
school building and to provide programs for |
3 | | educational purposes,
provided, however, that the board |
4 | | shall not construct, acquire, operate,
or maintain a |
5 | | television transmitter; to grant the use of its studio
|
6 | | facilities to a licensed television station located in the |
7 | | school
district; and to maintain and operate not to exceed |
8 | | one school radio
transmitting station and provide programs |
9 | | for educational purposes;
|
10 | | 12. To offer, if deemed appropriate, outdoor education |
11 | | courses,
including field trips within the State of |
12 | | Illinois, or adjacent states,
and to use school |
13 | | educational funds for the expense of the said outdoor
|
14 | | educational programs, whether within the school district |
15 | | or not;
|
16 | | 13. During that period of the calendar year not |
17 | | embraced within the
regular school term, to provide and |
18 | | conduct courses in subject matters
normally embraced in |
19 | | the program of the schools during the regular
school term |
20 | | and to give regular school credit for satisfactory
|
21 | | completion by the student of such courses as may be |
22 | | approved for credit
by the State Board of Education;
|
23 | | 14. To insure against any loss or liability of the |
24 | | board,
the former School Board Nominating Commission, |
25 | | Local School Councils, the
Chicago Schools Academic |
26 | | Accountability Council, or the former Subdistrict
Councils |
|
| | SB4056 | - 213 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | or of any member, officer, agent, or employee thereof, |
2 | | resulting
from alleged violations of civil rights arising |
3 | | from incidents occurring on
or after September 5, 1967 or |
4 | | from the wrongful or negligent act or
omission of any such |
5 | | person whether occurring within or without the school
|
6 | | premises, provided the officer, agent, or employee was, at |
7 | | the time of the
alleged violation of civil rights or |
8 | | wrongful act or omission, acting
within the scope of his |
9 | | or her employment or under direction of the board, the
|
10 | | former School
Board Nominating Commission, the Chicago |
11 | | Schools Academic Accountability
Council, Local School |
12 | | Councils, or the former Subdistrict Councils;
and to |
13 | | provide for or participate in insurance plans for its |
14 | | officers and
employees, including, but not limited to, |
15 | | retirement annuities, medical,
surgical and |
16 | | hospitalization benefits in such types and amounts as may |
17 | | be
determined by the board; provided, however, that the |
18 | | board shall contract
for such insurance only with an |
19 | | insurance company authorized to do business
in this State. |
20 | | Such insurance may include provision for employees who |
21 | | rely
on treatment by prayer or spiritual means alone for |
22 | | healing, in accordance
with the tenets and practice of a |
23 | | recognized religious denomination;
|
24 | | 15. To contract with the corporate authorities of any |
25 | | municipality
or the county board of any county, as the |
26 | | case may be, to provide for
the regulation of traffic in |
|
| | SB4056 | - 214 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | parking areas of property used for school
purposes, in |
2 | | such manner as is provided by Section 11-209 of the
|
3 | | Illinois Vehicle Code;
|
4 | | 16. (a) To provide, on an equal basis, access to a high
|
5 | | school campus and student directory information to the
|
6 | | official recruiting representatives of the armed forces of |
7 | | Illinois and
the United States for the purposes of |
8 | | informing students of the educational
and career |
9 | | opportunities available in the military if the board has |
10 | | provided
such access to persons or groups whose purpose is |
11 | | to acquaint students with
educational or occupational |
12 | | opportunities available to them. The board
is not required |
13 | | to give greater notice regarding the right of access to
|
14 | | recruiting representatives than is given to other persons |
15 | | and groups. In
this paragraph 16, "directory information" |
16 | | means a high school
student's name, address, and telephone |
17 | | number.
|
18 | | (b) If a student or his or her parent or guardian |
19 | | submits a signed,
written request to the high school |
20 | | before the end of the student's sophomore
year (or if the |
21 | | student is a transfer student, by another time set by
the |
22 | | high school) that indicates that the student or his or her |
23 | | parent or
guardian does
not want the student's directory |
24 | | information to be provided to official
recruiting |
25 | | representatives under subsection (a) of this Section, the |
26 | | high
school may not provide access to the student's |
|
| | SB4056 | - 215 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | directory information to
these recruiting representatives. |
2 | | The high school shall notify its
students and their |
3 | | parents or guardians of the provisions of this
subsection |
4 | | (b).
|
5 | | (c) A high school may require official recruiting |
6 | | representatives of
the armed forces of Illinois and the |
7 | | United States to pay a fee for copying
and mailing a |
8 | | student's directory information in an amount that is not
|
9 | | more than the actual costs incurred by the high school.
|
10 | | (d) Information received by an official recruiting |
11 | | representative
under this Section may be used only to |
12 | | provide information to students
concerning educational and |
13 | | career opportunities available in the military
and may not |
14 | | be released to a person who is not involved in recruiting
|
15 | | students for the armed forces of Illinois or the United |
16 | | States;
|
17 | | 17. (a) To sell or market any computer program |
18 | | developed by an employee
of the school district, provided |
19 | | that such employee developed the computer
program as a |
20 | | direct result of his or her duties with the school |
21 | | district
or through the utilization of school district |
22 | | resources or facilities.
The employee who developed the |
23 | | computer program shall be entitled to share
in the |
24 | | proceeds of such sale or marketing of the computer |
25 | | program. The
distribution of such proceeds between the |
26 | | employee and the school district
shall be as agreed upon |
|
| | SB4056 | - 216 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | by the employee and the school district, except
that |
2 | | neither the employee nor the school district may receive |
3 | | more than 90%
of such proceeds. The negotiation for an |
4 | | employee who is represented by an
exclusive bargaining |
5 | | representative may be conducted by such bargaining
|
6 | | representative at the employee's request.
|
7 | | (b) For the purpose of this paragraph 17:
|
8 | | (1) "Computer" means an internally programmed, |
9 | | general purpose digital
device capable of |
10 | | automatically accepting data, processing data and |
11 | | supplying
the results of the operation.
|
12 | | (2) "Computer program" means a series of coded |
13 | | instructions or
statements in a form acceptable to a |
14 | | computer, which causes the computer to
process data in |
15 | | order to achieve a certain result.
|
16 | | (3) "Proceeds" means profits derived from the |
17 | | marketing or sale of a product
after deducting the |
18 | | expenses of developing and marketing such product;
|
19 | | 18. To delegate to the general superintendent of
|
20 | | schools, by resolution, the authority to approve contracts |
21 | | and expenditures
in amounts of $10,000 or less;
|
22 | | 19. Upon the written request of an employee, to |
23 | | withhold from
the compensation of that employee any dues, |
24 | | payments, or contributions
payable by such employee to any |
25 | | labor organization as defined in the
Illinois Educational |
26 | | Labor Relations Act. Under such arrangement, an
amount |
|
| | SB4056 | - 217 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | shall be withheld from each regular payroll period which |
2 | | is equal to
the pro rata share of the annual dues plus any |
3 | | payments or contributions,
and the board shall transmit |
4 | | such withholdings to the specified labor
organization |
5 | | within 10 working days from the time of the withholding;
|
6 | | 19a. Upon receipt of notice from the comptroller of a |
7 | | municipality with
a population of 500,000 or more, a |
8 | | county with a population of 3,000,000 or
more, the Cook |
9 | | County Forest Preserve District, the Chicago Park |
10 | | District, the
Metropolitan Water Reclamation District, the |
11 | | Chicago Transit Authority, or
a housing authority of a |
12 | | municipality with a population of 500,000 or more
that a |
13 | | debt is due and owing the municipality, the county, the |
14 | | Cook County
Forest Preserve District, the Chicago Park |
15 | | District, the Metropolitan Water
Reclamation District, the |
16 | | Chicago Transit Authority, or the housing authority
by an |
17 | | employee of the Chicago Board of Education, to withhold, |
18 | | from the
compensation of that employee, the amount of the |
19 | | debt that is due and owing
and pay the amount withheld to |
20 | | the municipality, the county, the Cook County
Forest |
21 | | Preserve District, the Chicago Park District, the |
22 | | Metropolitan Water
Reclamation District, the Chicago |
23 | | Transit Authority, or the housing authority;
provided, |
24 | | however, that the amount
deducted from any one salary or |
25 | | wage payment shall not exceed 25% of the net
amount of the |
26 | | payment. Before the Board deducts any amount from any |
|
| | SB4056 | - 218 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | salary or
wage of an employee under this paragraph, the |
2 | | municipality, the county, the
Cook County Forest Preserve |
3 | | District, the Chicago Park District, the
Metropolitan |
4 | | Water Reclamation District, the Chicago Transit Authority, |
5 | | or the
housing authority shall certify that (i) the |
6 | | employee has been afforded an
opportunity for a hearing to |
7 | | dispute the debt that is due and owing the
municipality, |
8 | | the county, the Cook County Forest Preserve District, the |
9 | | Chicago
Park District, the Metropolitan Water Reclamation |
10 | | District, the Chicago Transit
Authority, or the housing |
11 | | authority and (ii) the employee has received notice
of a |
12 | | wage deduction order and has been afforded an opportunity |
13 | | for a hearing to
object to the order. For purposes of this |
14 | | paragraph, "net amount" means that
part of the salary or |
15 | | wage payment remaining after the deduction of any amounts
|
16 | | required by law to be deducted and "debt due and owing" |
17 | | means (i) a specified
sum of money owed to the |
18 | | municipality, the county, the Cook County Forest
Preserve |
19 | | District, the Chicago Park District, the Metropolitan |
20 | | Water
Reclamation District, the Chicago Transit Authority, |
21 | | or the housing authority
for services, work, or goods, |
22 | | after the period granted for payment has expired,
or (ii) |
23 | | a specified sum of money owed to the municipality, the |
24 | | county, the Cook
County Forest Preserve District, the |
25 | | Chicago Park District, the Metropolitan
Water Reclamation |
26 | | District, the Chicago Transit Authority, or the housing
|
|
| | SB4056 | - 219 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | authority pursuant to a court order or order of an |
2 | | administrative hearing
officer after the exhaustion of, or |
3 | | the failure to exhaust, judicial review;
|
4 | | 20. The board is encouraged to employ a sufficient |
5 | | number of
licensed certified school counselors to maintain |
6 | | a student/counselor ratio of 250 to
1 by July 1, 1990 . Each |
7 | | counselor shall spend at least 75% of his work
time in |
8 | | direct contact with students and shall maintain a record |
9 | | of such time;
|
10 | | 21. To make available to students vocational and |
11 | | career
counseling and to establish 5 special career |
12 | | counseling days for students
and parents. On these days |
13 | | representatives of local businesses and
industries shall |
14 | | be invited to the school campus and shall inform students
|
15 | | of career opportunities available to them in the various |
16 | | businesses and
industries. Special consideration shall be |
17 | | given to counseling minority
students as to career |
18 | | opportunities available to them in various fields.
For the |
19 | | purposes of this paragraph, minority student means a |
20 | | person who is any of the following:
|
21 | | (a) American Indian or Alaska Native (a person having |
22 | | origins in any of the original peoples of North and South |
23 | | America, including Central America, and who maintains |
24 | | tribal affiliation or community attachment). |
25 | | (b) Asian (a person having origins in any of the |
26 | | original peoples of the Far East, Southeast Asia, or the |
|
| | SB4056 | - 220 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | Indian subcontinent, including, but not limited to, |
2 | | Cambodia, China, India, Japan, Korea, Malaysia, Pakistan, |
3 | | the Philippine Islands, Thailand, and Vietnam). |
4 | | (c) Black or African American (a person having origins |
5 | | in any of the black racial groups of Africa). |
6 | | (d) Hispanic or Latino (a person of Cuban, Mexican, |
7 | | Puerto Rican, South or Central American, or other Spanish |
8 | | culture or origin, regardless of race). |
9 | | (e) Native Hawaiian or Other Pacific Islander (a |
10 | | person having origins in any of the original peoples of |
11 | | Hawaii, Guam, Samoa, or other Pacific Islands).
|
12 | | Counseling days shall not be in lieu of regular school |
13 | | days;
|
14 | | 22. To report to the State Board of Education the |
15 | | annual
student dropout rate and number of students who |
16 | | graduate from, transfer
from, or otherwise leave bilingual |
17 | | programs;
|
18 | | 23. Except as otherwise provided in the Abused and |
19 | | Neglected Child
Reporting Act or other applicable State or |
20 | | federal law, to permit school
officials to withhold, from |
21 | | any person, information on the whereabouts of
any child |
22 | | removed from school premises when the child has been taken |
23 | | into
protective custody as a victim of suspected child |
24 | | abuse. School officials
shall direct such person to the |
25 | | Department of Children and Family Services
or to the local |
26 | | law enforcement agency, if appropriate;
|
|
| | SB4056 | - 221 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | 24. To develop a policy, based on the current state of |
2 | | existing school
facilities, projected enrollment, and |
3 | | efficient utilization of available
resources, for capital |
4 | | improvement of schools and school buildings within
the |
5 | | district, addressing in that policy both the relative |
6 | | priority for
major repairs, renovations, and additions to |
7 | | school facilities and the
advisability or necessity of |
8 | | building new school facilities or closing
existing schools |
9 | | to meet current or projected demographic patterns within
|
10 | | the district;
|
11 | | 25. To make available to the students in every high |
12 | | school attendance
center the ability to take all courses |
13 | | necessary to comply with the Board
of Higher Education's |
14 | | college entrance criteria effective in 1993;
|
15 | | 26. To encourage mid-career changes into the teaching |
16 | | profession,
whereby qualified professionals become |
17 | | licensed certified teachers, by allowing
credit for |
18 | | professional employment in related fields when determining |
19 | | point
of entry on the teacher pay scale;
|
20 | | 27. To provide or contract out training programs for |
21 | | administrative
personnel and principals with revised or |
22 | | expanded duties pursuant to this Code
in order to ensure |
23 | | they have the knowledge and skills to perform
their |
24 | | duties;
|
25 | | 28. To establish a fund for the prioritized special |
26 | | needs programs, and
to allocate such funds and other lump |
|
| | SB4056 | - 222 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | sum amounts to each attendance center
in a manner |
2 | | consistent with the provisions of part 4 of Section |
3 | | 34-2.3.
Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to |
4 | | require any additional
appropriations of State funds for |
5 | | this purpose;
|
6 | | 29. (Blank);
|
7 | | 30. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Act or |
8 | | any other law to
the contrary, to contract with third |
9 | | parties for services otherwise performed
by employees, |
10 | | including those in a bargaining unit, and to layoff those
|
11 | | employees upon 14 days written notice to the affected |
12 | | employees. Those
contracts may be for a period not to |
13 | | exceed 5 years and may be awarded on a
system-wide basis. |
14 | | The board may not operate more than 30 contract schools, |
15 | | provided that the board may operate an additional 5 |
16 | | contract turnaround schools pursuant to item (5.5) of |
17 | | subsection (d) of Section 34-8.3 of this Code, and the |
18 | | governing bodies of contract schools are subject to the |
19 | | Freedom of Information Act and Open Meetings Act;
|
20 | | 31. To promulgate rules establishing procedures |
21 | | governing the layoff or
reduction in force of employees |
22 | | and the recall of such employees, including,
but not |
23 | | limited to, criteria for such layoffs, reductions in force |
24 | | or recall
rights of such employees and the weight to be |
25 | | given to any particular
criterion. Such criteria shall |
26 | | take into account factors, including, but not
limited to, |
|
| | SB4056 | - 223 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | qualifications, certifications, experience, performance |
2 | | ratings or
evaluations, and any other factors relating to |
3 | | an employee's job performance;
|
4 | | 32. To develop a policy to prevent nepotism in the |
5 | | hiring of personnel
or the selection of contractors;
|
6 | | 33. (Blank); and
|
7 | | 34. To establish a Labor Management Council to the |
8 | | board
comprised of representatives of the board, the chief |
9 | | executive
officer, and those labor organizations that are |
10 | | the exclusive
representatives of employees of the board |
11 | | and to promulgate
policies and procedures for the |
12 | | operation of the Council.
|
13 | | The specifications of the powers herein granted are not to |
14 | | be
construed as exclusive, but the board shall also exercise |
15 | | all other
powers that may be requisite or proper for the |
16 | | maintenance and the
development of a public school system, not |
17 | | inconsistent with the other
provisions of this Article or |
18 | | provisions of this Code which apply to all
school districts.
|
19 | | In addition to the powers herein granted and authorized to |
20 | | be exercised
by the board, it shall be the duty of the board to |
21 | | review or to direct
independent reviews of special education |
22 | | expenditures and services.
The board shall file a report of |
23 | | such review with the General Assembly on
or before May 1, 1990.
|
24 | | (Source: P.A. 101-12, eff. 7-1-19; 101-88, eff. 1-1-20; |
25 | | 102-465, eff. 1-1-22; 102-558, eff. 8-20-21 .)
|
|
| | SB4056 | - 224 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | (105 ILCS 5/34-18.5) (from Ch. 122, par. 34-18.5) |
2 | | Sec. 34-18.5. Criminal history records checks and checks |
3 | | of the Statewide Sex Offender Database and Statewide Murderer |
4 | | and Violent Offender Against Youth Database. |
5 | | (a) Licensed and nonlicensed applicants for
employment |
6 | | with the school district are required as a condition of
|
7 | | employment to authorize a fingerprint-based criminal history |
8 | | records check to determine if such applicants
have been |
9 | | convicted of any disqualifying, enumerated criminal or drug |
10 | | offense in
subsection (c) of this Section or have been
|
11 | | convicted, within 7 years of the application for employment |
12 | | with the
school district, of any other felony under the laws of |
13 | | this State or of any
offense committed or attempted in any |
14 | | other state or against the laws of
the United States that, if |
15 | | committed or attempted in this State, would
have been |
16 | | punishable as a felony under the laws of this State. |
17 | | Authorization
for
the
check shall
be furnished by the |
18 | | applicant to the school district, except that if the
applicant |
19 | | is a substitute teacher seeking employment in more than one
|
20 | | school district, or a teacher seeking concurrent part-time |
21 | | employment
positions with more than one school district (as a |
22 | | reading specialist,
special education teacher or otherwise), |
23 | | or an educational support
personnel employee seeking |
24 | | employment positions with more than one
district, any such |
25 | | district may require the applicant to furnish
authorization |
26 | | for
the check to the regional superintendent of the
|
|
| | SB4056 | - 225 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | educational service region in which are located the school |
2 | | districts in
which the applicant is seeking employment as a |
3 | | substitute or concurrent
part-time teacher or concurrent |
4 | | educational support personnel employee.
Upon receipt of this |
5 | | authorization, the school district or the appropriate
regional |
6 | | superintendent, as the case may be, shall submit the |
7 | | applicant's
name, sex, race, date of birth, social security |
8 | | number, fingerprint images, and other identifiers, as |
9 | | prescribed by the Illinois State Police, to the Illinois State |
10 | | Police. The regional
superintendent submitting the requisite |
11 | | information to the Illinois
State Police shall promptly notify |
12 | | the school districts in which the
applicant is seeking |
13 | | employment as a substitute or concurrent part-time
teacher or |
14 | | concurrent educational support personnel employee that
the
|
15 | | check of the applicant has been requested. The Illinois State
|
16 | | Police and the Federal Bureau of Investigation shall furnish, |
17 | | pursuant to a fingerprint-based criminal history records |
18 | | check, records of convictions, forever and hereinafter, until |
19 | | expunged, to the president of the school board for the school |
20 | | district that requested the check, or to the regional |
21 | | superintendent who requested the check. The Illinois State |
22 | | Police
shall charge
the school district
or the appropriate |
23 | | regional superintendent a fee for
conducting
such check, which |
24 | | fee shall be deposited in the State
Police Services Fund and |
25 | | shall not exceed the cost of the inquiry; and the
applicant |
26 | | shall not be charged a fee for
such check by the school
|
|
| | SB4056 | - 226 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | district or by the regional superintendent. Subject to |
2 | | appropriations for these purposes, the State Superintendent of |
3 | | Education shall reimburse the school district and regional |
4 | | superintendent for fees paid to obtain criminal history |
5 | | records checks under this Section. |
6 | | (a-5) The school district or regional superintendent shall |
7 | | further perform a check of the Statewide Sex Offender |
8 | | Database, as authorized by the Sex Offender Community |
9 | | Notification Law, for each applicant. The check of the |
10 | | Statewide Sex Offender Database must be conducted by the |
11 | | school district or regional superintendent once for every 5 |
12 | | years that an applicant remains employed by the school |
13 | | district. |
14 | | (a-6) The school district or regional superintendent shall |
15 | | further perform a check of the Statewide Murderer and Violent |
16 | | Offender Against Youth Database, as authorized by the Murderer |
17 | | and Violent Offender Against Youth Community Notification Law, |
18 | | for each applicant. The check of the Murderer and Violent |
19 | | Offender Against Youth Database must be conducted by the |
20 | | school district or regional superintendent once for every 5 |
21 | | years that an applicant remains employed by the school |
22 | | district. |
23 | | (b) Any
information concerning the record of convictions |
24 | | obtained by the president
of the board of education or the |
25 | | regional superintendent shall be
confidential and may only be |
26 | | transmitted to the general superintendent of
the school |
|
| | SB4056 | - 227 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | district or his designee, the appropriate regional
|
2 | | superintendent if
the check was requested by the board of |
3 | | education
for the school district, the presidents of the |
4 | | appropriate board of
education or school boards if
the check |
5 | | was requested from the Illinois
State Police by the regional |
6 | | superintendent, the State Board of Education and the school |
7 | | district as authorized under subsection (b-5), the State
|
8 | | Superintendent of Education, the State Educator Preparation |
9 | | and Licensure Board or any
other person necessary to the |
10 | | decision of hiring the applicant for
employment. A copy of the |
11 | | record of convictions obtained from the Illinois
State Police |
12 | | shall be provided to the applicant for
employment. Upon the |
13 | | check of the Statewide Sex Offender Database or Statewide |
14 | | Murderer and Violent Offender Against Youth Database, the |
15 | | school district or regional superintendent shall notify an |
16 | | applicant as to whether or not the applicant has been |
17 | | identified in the Database. If a check of an applicant for |
18 | | employment as a
substitute or concurrent part-time teacher or |
19 | | concurrent educational
support personnel employee in more than |
20 | | one school district was requested
by the regional |
21 | | superintendent, and the Illinois State Police upon
a check |
22 | | ascertains that the applicant has not been convicted of any
of |
23 | | the enumerated criminal or drug offenses in subsection (c) of |
24 | | this Section
or has not been
convicted,
within 7 years of the |
25 | | application for employment with the
school district, of any |
26 | | other felony under the laws of this State or of any
offense |
|
| | SB4056 | - 228 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | committed or attempted in any other state or against the laws |
2 | | of
the United States that, if committed or attempted in this |
3 | | State, would
have been punishable as a felony under the laws of |
4 | | this State and so
notifies the regional superintendent and if |
5 | | the regional superintendent upon a check ascertains that the |
6 | | applicant has not been identified in the Sex Offender Database |
7 | | or Statewide Murderer and Violent Offender Against Youth |
8 | | Database, then the regional superintendent
shall issue to the |
9 | | applicant a certificate evidencing that as of the date
|
10 | | specified by the Illinois State Police the applicant has not |
11 | | been
convicted of any of the enumerated criminal or drug |
12 | | offenses in subsection
(c) of this Section
or has not been
|
13 | | convicted, within 7 years of the application for employment |
14 | | with the
school district, of any other felony under the laws of |
15 | | this State or of any
offense committed or attempted in any |
16 | | other state or against the laws of
the United States that, if |
17 | | committed or attempted in this State, would
have been |
18 | | punishable as a felony under the laws of this State and |
19 | | evidencing that as of the date that the regional |
20 | | superintendent conducted a check of the Statewide Sex Offender |
21 | | Database or Statewide Murderer and Violent Offender Against |
22 | | Youth Database, the applicant has not been identified in the |
23 | | Database. The school
board of any school district may rely on |
24 | | the certificate issued by any regional
superintendent to that |
25 | | substitute teacher, concurrent part-time teacher, or |
26 | | concurrent educational support personnel employee
or may |
|
| | SB4056 | - 229 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | initiate its own criminal history records check of
the |
2 | | applicant through the Illinois State Police and its own check |
3 | | of the Statewide Sex Offender Database or Statewide Murderer |
4 | | and Violent Offender Against Youth Database as provided in
|
5 | | this Section. Any unauthorized release of confidential |
6 | | information may be a violation of Section 7 of the Criminal |
7 | | Identification Act. |
8 | | (b-5) If a criminal history records check or check of the |
9 | | Statewide Sex Offender Database or Statewide Murderer and |
10 | | Violent Offender Against Youth Database is performed by a |
11 | | regional superintendent for an applicant seeking employment as |
12 | | a substitute teacher with the school district, the regional |
13 | | superintendent may disclose to the State Board of Education |
14 | | whether the applicant has been issued a certificate under |
15 | | subsection (b) based on those checks. If the State Board |
16 | | receives information on an applicant under this subsection, |
17 | | then it must indicate in the Educator Licensure Information |
18 | | System for a 90-day period that the applicant has been issued |
19 | | or has not been issued a certificate. |
20 | | (c) The board of education shall not knowingly employ a |
21 | | person who has
been convicted of any offense that would |
22 | | subject him or her to license suspension or revocation |
23 | | pursuant to Section 21B-80 of this Code, except as provided |
24 | | under subsection (b) of 21B-80.
Further, the board of |
25 | | education shall not knowingly employ a person who has
been |
26 | | found to be the perpetrator of sexual or physical abuse of any |
|
| | SB4056 | - 230 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | minor under
18 years of age pursuant to proceedings under |
2 | | Article II of the Juvenile Court
Act of 1987. As a condition of |
3 | | employment, the board of education must consider the status of |
4 | | a person who has been issued an indicated finding of abuse or |
5 | | neglect of a child by the Department of Children and Family |
6 | | Services under the Abused and Neglected Child Reporting Act or |
7 | | by a child welfare agency of another jurisdiction. |
8 | | (d) The board of education shall not knowingly employ a |
9 | | person for whom
a criminal history records check and a |
10 | | Statewide Sex Offender Database check have not been initiated. |
11 | | (e) Within 10 days after the general superintendent of |
12 | | schools, a regional office of education, or an entity that |
13 | | provides background checks of license holders to public |
14 | | schools receives information of a pending criminal charge |
15 | | against a license holder for an offense set forth in Section |
16 | | 21B-80 of this Code, the superintendent, regional office of |
17 | | education, or entity must notify the State Superintendent of |
18 | | Education of the pending criminal charge. |
19 | | No later than 15 business days after receipt of a record of |
20 | | conviction or of checking the Statewide Murderer and Violent |
21 | | Offender Against Youth Database or the Statewide Sex Offender |
22 | | Database and finding a registration, the general |
23 | | superintendent of schools or the applicable regional |
24 | | superintendent shall, in writing, notify the State |
25 | | Superintendent of Education of any license holder who has been |
26 | | convicted of a crime set forth in Section 21B-80 of this Code. |
|
| | SB4056 | - 231 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | Upon receipt of the record of a conviction of or a finding of |
2 | | child
abuse by a holder of any license
issued pursuant to |
3 | | Article 21B or Section 34-8.1 or 34-83 of this Code, the State |
4 | | Superintendent of
Education may initiate licensure suspension |
5 | | and revocation
proceedings as authorized by law. If the |
6 | | receipt of the record of conviction or finding of child abuse |
7 | | is received within 6 months after the initial grant of or |
8 | | renewal of a license, the State Superintendent of Education |
9 | | may rescind the license holder's license. |
10 | | (e-5) The general superintendent of schools shall, in |
11 | | writing, notify the State Superintendent of Education of any |
12 | | license holder whom he or she has reasonable cause to believe |
13 | | has committed an intentional act of abuse or neglect with the |
14 | | result of making a child an abused child or a neglected child, |
15 | | as defined in Section 3 of the Abused and Neglected Child |
16 | | Reporting Act, and that act resulted in the license holder's |
17 | | dismissal or resignation from the school district and must |
18 | | include the Illinois Educator Identification Number (IEIN) of |
19 | | the license holder and a brief description of the misconduct |
20 | | alleged. This notification must be submitted within 30 days |
21 | | after the dismissal or resignation. The license holder must |
22 | | also be contemporaneously sent a copy of the notice by the |
23 | | superintendent. All correspondence, documentation, and other |
24 | | information so received by the State Superintendent of |
25 | | Education, the State Board of Education, or the State Educator |
26 | | Preparation and Licensure Board under this subsection (e-5) is |
|
| | SB4056 | - 232 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | confidential and must not be disclosed to third parties, |
2 | | except (i) as necessary for the State Superintendent of |
3 | | Education or his or her designee to investigate and prosecute |
4 | | pursuant to Article 21B of this Code, (ii) pursuant to a court |
5 | | order, (iii) for disclosure to the license holder or his or her |
6 | | representative, or (iv) as otherwise provided in this Article |
7 | | and provided that any such information admitted into evidence |
8 | | in a hearing is exempt from this confidentiality and |
9 | | non-disclosure requirement. Except for an act of willful or |
10 | | wanton misconduct, any superintendent who provides |
11 | | notification as required in this subsection (e-5) shall have |
12 | | immunity from any liability, whether civil or criminal or that |
13 | | otherwise might result by reason of such action. |
14 | | (f) After March 19, 1990, the provisions of this Section |
15 | | shall apply to
all employees of persons or firms holding |
16 | | contracts with any school district
including, but not limited |
17 | | to, food service workers, school bus drivers and
other |
18 | | transportation employees, who have direct, daily contact with |
19 | | the
pupils of any school in such district. For purposes of |
20 | | criminal history records checks and checks of the Statewide |
21 | | Sex Offender Database on employees of persons or firms holding |
22 | | contracts with more
than one school district and assigned to |
23 | | more than one school district, the
regional superintendent of |
24 | | the educational service region in which the
contracting school |
25 | | districts are located may, at the request of any such
school |
26 | | district, be responsible for receiving the authorization for
a |
|
| | SB4056 | - 233 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | criminal history records check prepared by each such employee |
2 | | and submitting the same to the Illinois
State Police and for |
3 | | conducting a check of the Statewide Sex Offender Database for |
4 | | each employee. Any information concerning the record of
|
5 | | conviction and identification as a sex offender of any such |
6 | | employee obtained by the regional superintendent
shall be |
7 | | promptly reported to the president of the appropriate school |
8 | | board
or school boards. |
9 | | (f-5) Upon request of a school or school district, any |
10 | | information obtained by the school district pursuant to |
11 | | subsection (f) of this Section within the last year must be |
12 | | made available to the requesting school or school district. |
13 | | (g) Prior to the commencement of any student teaching |
14 | | experience or required internship (which is referred to as |
15 | | student teaching in this Section) in the public schools, a |
16 | | student teacher is required to authorize a fingerprint-based |
17 | | criminal history records check. Authorization for and payment |
18 | | of the costs of the check must be furnished by the student |
19 | | teacher to the school district. Upon receipt of this |
20 | | authorization and payment, the school district shall submit |
21 | | the student teacher's name, sex, race, date of birth, social |
22 | | security number, fingerprint images, and other identifiers, as |
23 | | prescribed by the Illinois State Police, to the Illinois State |
24 | | Police. The Illinois State Police and the Federal Bureau of |
25 | | Investigation shall furnish, pursuant to a fingerprint-based |
26 | | criminal history records check, records of convictions, |
|
| | SB4056 | - 234 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | forever and hereinafter, until expunged, to the president of |
2 | | the board. The Illinois State Police shall charge the school |
3 | | district a fee for conducting the check, which fee must not |
4 | | exceed the cost of the inquiry and must be deposited into the |
5 | | State Police Services Fund. The school district shall further |
6 | | perform a check of the Statewide Sex Offender Database, as |
7 | | authorized by the Sex Offender Community Notification Law, and |
8 | | of the Statewide Murderer and Violent Offender Against Youth |
9 | | Database, as authorized by the Murderer and Violent Offender |
10 | | Against Youth Registration Act, for each student teacher. The |
11 | | board may not knowingly allow a person to student teach for |
12 | | whom a criminal history records check, a Statewide Sex |
13 | | Offender Database check, and a Statewide Murderer and Violent |
14 | | Offender Against Youth Database check have not been completed |
15 | | and reviewed by the district. |
16 | | A copy of the record of convictions obtained from the |
17 | | Illinois State Police must be provided to the student teacher. |
18 | | Any information concerning the record of convictions obtained |
19 | | by the president of the board is confidential and may only be |
20 | | transmitted to the general superintendent of schools or his or |
21 | | her designee, the State Superintendent of Education, the State |
22 | | Educator Preparation and Licensure Board, or, for |
23 | | clarification purposes, the Illinois State Police or the |
24 | | Statewide Sex Offender Database or Statewide Murderer and |
25 | | Violent Offender Against Youth Database. Any unauthorized |
26 | | release of confidential information may be a violation of |
|
| | SB4056 | - 235 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | Section 7 of the Criminal Identification Act. |
2 | | The board may not knowingly allow a person to student |
3 | | teach who has been convicted of any offense that would subject |
4 | | him or her to license suspension or revocation pursuant to |
5 | | subsection (c) of Section 21B-80 of this Code, except as |
6 | | provided under subsection (b) of Section 21B-80. Further, the |
7 | | board may not allow a person to student teach if he or she has |
8 | | been found to be the perpetrator of sexual or physical abuse of |
9 | | a minor under 18 years of age pursuant to proceedings under |
10 | | Article II of the Juvenile Court Act of 1987. The board must |
11 | | consider the status of a person to student teach who has been |
12 | | issued an indicated finding of abuse or neglect of a child by |
13 | | the Department of Children and Family Services under the |
14 | | Abused and Neglected Child Reporting Act or by a child welfare |
15 | | agency of another jurisdiction. |
16 | | (h) (Blank). |
17 | | (Source: P.A. 101-72, eff. 7-12-19; 101-531, eff. 8-23-19; |
18 | | 101-643, eff. 6-18-20; 102-538, eff. 8-20-21; 102-552, eff. |
19 | | 1-1-22; revised 10-18-21.)
|
20 | | (105 ILCS 5/34-18.10) (from Ch. 122, par. 34-18.10)
|
21 | | Sec. 34-18.10. Minority recruitment policy. The board of |
22 | | education
shall , by 1991, develop and implement a policy of |
23 | | recruitment and hiring of
minority teachers, other licensed |
24 | | certificated employees , and nonlicensed non-certificated
|
25 | | employees, including custodians, lunch room staff , and teacher |
|
| | SB4056 | - 236 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | aides.
|
2 | | (Source: P.A. 86-227; 86-1028.)
|
3 | | (105 ILCS 5/34-43.1) (from Ch. 122, par. 34-43.1)
|
4 | | Sec. 34-43.1. (A) Limitation of noninstructional costs. It |
5 | | is the
purpose of this Section to establish for the Board of |
6 | | Education and the
general superintendent of schools |
7 | | requirements and standards which maximize
the proportion of |
8 | | school district resources in direct support of
educational, |
9 | | program, and building maintenance and safety services for the
|
10 | | pupils of the district, and which correspondingly minimize the |
11 | | amount and
proportion of such resources associated with |
12 | | centralized administration,
administrative support services, |
13 | | and other noninstructional services.
|
14 | | The For the 1989-90 school year and for all subsequent |
15 | | school years, the Board
of Education shall undertake budgetary |
16 | | and expenditure control actions which
limit the administrative |
17 | | expenditures of the Board of Education to levels,
as provided |
18 | | for in this Section, which represent an average of the
|
19 | | administrative expenses of all school districts in this State |
20 | | not subject
to Article 34.
|
21 | | (B) Certification of expenses by the State Superintendent |
22 | | of Education.
The State Superintendent of Education shall |
23 | | annually certify, on or before
May 1, to the Board of Education |
24 | | and the School Finance Authority , for the
applicable school |
25 | | year, the following information:
|
|
| | SB4056 | - 237 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | (1) the annual expenditures of all school districts of |
2 | | the State not
subject to Article 34 properly attributable |
3 | | to expenditure functions
defined by the rules and |
4 | | regulations of the State Board of Education as:
2210 |
5 | | (Improvement of Instructional Services); 2300 (Support |
6 | | Services -
General Administration) excluding, however, |
7 | | 2320 (Executive Administrative
Services); 2490 (Other |
8 | | Support Services - School Administration); 2500
(Support |
9 | | Services - Business); 2600 (Support Services - Central);
|
10 | | (2) the total annual expenditures of all school |
11 | | districts not subject to
Article 34 attributable to the |
12 | | Education Fund, the Operations, Building and
Maintenance |
13 | | Fund, the Transportation Fund and the Illinois Municipal
|
14 | | Retirement Fund of the several districts, as defined by |
15 | | the rules and
regulations of the State Board of Education; |
16 | | and
|
17 | | (3) a ratio, to be called the statewide average of |
18 | | administrative
expenditures, derived by dividing the |
19 | | expenditures certified pursuant to
paragraph (B)(1) by the |
20 | | expenditures certified pursuant to paragraph (B)(2).
|
21 | | For purposes of the annual certification of expenditures |
22 | | and ratios
required by this Section, the "applicable year" of |
23 | | certification shall
initially be the 1986-87 school year and, |
24 | | in sequent years, each
succeeding school year.
|
25 | | The State Superintendent of Education shall consult with |
26 | | the Board of
Education to ascertain whether particular |
|
| | SB4056 | - 238 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | expenditure items allocable to
the administrative functions |
2 | | enumerated in paragraph (B)(1) are
appropriately or |
3 | | necessarily higher in the applicable school district than
in |
4 | | the rest of the State due to noncomparable factors. The State
|
5 | | Superintendent shall also review the relevant cost proportions |
6 | | in other
large urban school districts. The State |
7 | | Superintendent shall also review
the expenditure categories in |
8 | | paragraph (B)(1) to ascertain whether they
contain |
9 | | school-level expenses. If he or she finds that adjustments to |
10 | | the
formula are appropriate or necessary to establish a more |
11 | | fair and
comparable standard for administrative cost for the |
12 | | Board of Education or
to exclude school-level expenses, the |
13 | | State Superintendent shall recommend
to the Board of Education |
14 | | School Finance Authority rules and regulations adjusting |
15 | | particular
subcategories in this subsection (B) or adjusting |
16 | | certain costs in
determining the budget and expenditure items |
17 | | properly attributable to the
functions or otherwise adjust the |
18 | | formula.
|
19 | | (C) Administrative expenditure limitations. The annual |
20 | | budget of the
Board of Education, as adopted and implemented, |
21 | | and the
related annual expenditures for the school year, shall |
22 | | reflect a limitation
on administrative outlays as required by |
23 | | the following provisions, taking
into account any adjustments |
24 | | established by the State Superintendent of
Education: (1) the |
25 | | budget and expenditures of the Board of Education for
the |
26 | | 1989-90 school year shall reflect a ratio of administrative
|
|
| | SB4056 | - 239 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | expenditures to total expenditures equal to or less than the |
2 | | statewide
average of administrative expenditures for the |
3 | | 1986-87 school year as
certified by the State Superintendent |
4 | | of Education pursuant to paragraph
(B)(3); (2) for the 1990-91 |
5 | | school year and for all subsequent school
years, the budget |
6 | | and expenditures of the Board of Education shall reflect
a |
7 | | ratio of administrative expenditures to total expenditures |
8 | | equal to or
less than the statewide average of administrative |
9 | | expenditures certified by
the State Superintendent of |
10 | | Education for the applicable year pursuant to
paragraph |
11 | | (B)(3); (2) (3) if for any school year the budget of the Board |
12 | | of
Education reflects a ratio of administrative expenditures |
13 | | to total
expenditures which exceeds the applicable statewide |
14 | | average, the Board of
Education shall reduce expenditure items |
15 | | allocable to the administrative
functions enumerated in |
16 | | paragraph (B)(1) such that the Board of Education's
ratio of |
17 | | administrative expenditures to total expenditures is equal to |
18 | | or
less than the applicable statewide average ratio.
|
19 | | For purposes of this Section, the ratio of administrative |
20 | | expenditures to
the total expenditures of the Board of |
21 | | Education, as applied to the budget
of the Board of Education, |
22 | | shall mean: the budgeted expenditure items of
the Board of |
23 | | Education properly attributable to the expenditure functions
|
24 | | identified in paragraph (B)(1) divided by the total budgeted |
25 | | expenditures of
the Board of Education properly attributable |
26 | | to the Board of Education
funds corresponding to those funds |
|
| | SB4056 | - 240 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | identified in paragraph (B)(2),
exclusive of any monies |
2 | | budgeted for payment to the Public School Teachers'
Pension |
3 | | and Retirement System, attributable to payments due from the
|
4 | | General Funds of the State of Illinois.
|
5 | | The annual expenditure of the Board of Education for 2320
|
6 | | (Executive Administrative Services) for the 1989-90 school |
7 | | year shall be no
greater than the 2320 expenditure for the |
8 | | 1988-89 school year. The annual
expenditure of the Board of |
9 | | Education for 2320 for the 1990-91 school year
and each |
10 | | subsequent school year shall be no greater than the 2320
|
11 | | expenditure for the immediately preceding school year or the |
12 | | 1988-89 school
year, whichever is less. This annual |
13 | | expenditure limitation may be
adjusted in each year in an |
14 | | amount not to exceed any change effective
during the |
15 | | applicable school year in salary to be paid under the |
16 | | collective
bargaining agreement with instructional personnel |
17 | | to which the Board is a
party and in benefit costs either |
18 | | required by law or such collective
bargaining agreement.
|
19 | | (D) Cost control measures. In undertaking actions to |
20 | | control or reduce
expenditure items necessitated by the |
21 | | administrative expenditure
limitations of this Section, the |
22 | | Board of Education shall give priority
consideration to |
23 | | reductions or cost controls with the least effect upon
direct |
24 | | services to students or instructional services for pupils, and |
25 | | upon
the safety and well-being of pupils, and, as applicable, |
26 | | with the
particular costs or functions to which the Board of |
|
| | SB4056 | - 241 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | Education is higher
than the statewide average.
|
2 | | For purposes of assuring that the cost control priorities |
3 | | of this
subsection (D) are met, the State Superintendent of |
4 | | Education shall, with
the assistance of the Board of |
5 | | Education, review the cost allocation
practices of the Board |
6 | | of Education , and the State Superintendent of
Education shall |
7 | | thereafter recommend to the School Finance Authority rules
and |
8 | | regulations which define administrative areas which most |
9 | | impact upon
the direct and instructional needs of students and |
10 | | upon the safety and
well-being of the pupils of the district . |
11 | | No position closed shall be
reopened using State or federal |
12 | | categorical funds.
|
13 | | (E) Report of Audited Information. The For the 1988-89 |
14 | | school year and for
all subsequent school years, the Board of |
15 | | Education shall file with the
State Board of Education the |
16 | | Annual Financial Report and its audit, as
required by the |
17 | | rules of the State Board of Education. Such reports shall
be |
18 | | filed no later than February 15 following the end of the school |
19 | | year of
the Board of Education , beginning with the report to be |
20 | | filed no later
than February 15, 1990 for the 1988-89 school |
21 | | year .
|
22 | | As part of the required Annual Financial Report, the Board |
23 | | of Education
shall provide a detailed accounting of the |
24 | | central level, district, bureau
and department costs and |
25 | | personnel included within expenditure functions
included in |
26 | | paragraph (B)(1). The nature and detail of the reporting
|
|
| | SB4056 | - 242 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | required for these functions shall be prescribed by the State |
2 | | Board of
Education in rules and regulations. A copy of this |
3 | | detailed accounting
shall also be provided annually to the |
4 | | School Finance Authority and the
public. This report shall |
5 | | contain a reconciliation to the board of
education's adopted |
6 | | budget for that fiscal year, specifically delineating
|
7 | | administrative functions.
|
8 | | If the information required under this Section is not |
9 | | provided by the
Board of Education in a timely manner, or is |
10 | | initially or subsequently
determined by the State |
11 | | Superintendent of Education to be incomplete or
inaccurate, |
12 | | the State Superintendent shall, in writing, notify the Board
|
13 | | of Education of reporting deficiencies. The Board of Education |
14 | | shall,
within 60 days of such notice, address the reporting |
15 | | deficiencies
identified. If the State Superintendent of |
16 | | Education does not receive
satisfactory response to these |
17 | | reporting deficiencies within 60 days, the
next payment of |
18 | | general State aid or evidence-based funding due the Board of |
19 | | Education under Section
18-8 or Section 18-8.15 , as |
20 | | applicable, and all subsequent payments , shall be withheld by |
21 | | the State
Superintendent of Education until the enumerated |
22 | | deficiencies have
been addressed.
|
23 | | Utilizing the Annual Financial Report, the State |
24 | | Superintendent of
Education shall certify annually on or |
25 | | before May 1 to the School Finance Authority
the Board of |
26 | | Education's ratio of administrative expenditures to total
|
|
| | SB4056 | - 243 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | expenditures for the 1988-89 school year and for each |
2 | | succeeding school
year . Such certification shall indicate the |
3 | | extent to which the
administrative expenditure ratio of the |
4 | | Board of Education conformed to the
limitations required in |
5 | | subsection (C) of this Section, taking into account
any |
6 | | adjustments of the limitations which may have been recommended |
7 | | by the
State Superintendent of Education to the Board of |
8 | | Education School Finance Authority . In
deriving the |
9 | | administrative expenditure ratio of the Chicago Board of
|
10 | | Education, the State Superintendent of Education shall utilize |
11 | | the
definition of this ratio prescribed in subsection (C) of |
12 | | this Section,
except that the actual expenditures of the Board |
13 | | of Education shall be
substituted for budgeted expenditure |
14 | | items.
|
15 | | (F) Approval and adjustments to administrative expenditure |
16 | | limitations.
The School Finance Authority organized under |
17 | | Article 34A shall monitor the
Board of Education's adherence |
18 | | to the requirements of this Section. As
part of its |
19 | | responsibility the School Finance Authority shall determine
|
20 | | whether the Board of Education's budget for the next school |
21 | | year, and the
expenditures for a prior school year, comply |
22 | | with the limitation of
administrative expenditures required by |
23 | | this Section. The Board of
Education and the State Board of |
24 | | Education shall provide such information
as is required by the |
25 | | School Finance Authority in order for the Authority
to |
26 | | determine compliance with the provisions of this Section. If |
|
| | SB4056 | - 244 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | the
Authority determines that the budget proposed by the Board |
2 | | of Education
does not meet the cost control requirements of |
3 | | this Section, the Board of
Education shall undertake budgetary |
4 | | reductions, consistent with the
requirements of this Section, |
5 | | to bring the proposed budget into compliance
with such cost |
6 | | control limitations.
|
7 | | If, in formulating cost control and cost reduction |
8 | | alternatives, the
Board of Education believes that meeting the |
9 | | cost control requirements of
this Section related to the |
10 | | budget for the ensuing year would impair the
education, |
11 | | safety, or well-being of the pupils of the school district, |
12 | | the
Board of Education may request that the School Finance |
13 | | Authority make
adjustments to the limitations required by this |
14 | | Section. The Board of
Education shall specify the amount, |
15 | | nature, and reasons for the relief
required and shall also |
16 | | identify cost reductions which can be made in
expenditure |
17 | | functions not enumerated in paragraph (B)(1), which would |
18 | | serve
the purposes of this Section.
|
19 | | The School Finance Authority shall consult with the State |
20 | | Superintendent
of Education concerning the reasonableness from |
21 | | an educational
administration perspective of the adjustments |
22 | | sought by the Board of
Education. The School Finance Authority |
23 | | shall provide an opportunity for
the public to comment upon |
24 | | the reasonableness of the Board's request. If,
after such |
25 | | consultation, the School Finance Authority determines that all
|
26 | | or a portion of the adjustments sought by the Board of |
|
| | SB4056 | - 245 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | Education are
reasonably appropriate or necessary, the |
2 | | Authority may grant such relief
from the provisions of this |
3 | | Section which the Authority deems appropriate.
Adjustments so |
4 | | granted apply only to the specific school year for which
the |
5 | | request was made.
|
6 | | In the event that the School Finance Authority determines |
7 | | that the Board
of Education has failed to achieve the required |
8 | | administrative expenditure
limitations for a prior school |
9 | | year, or if the Authority determines that
the Board of |
10 | | Education has not met the requirements of subsection (F), the
|
11 | | Authority shall make recommendations to the Board of Education |
12 | | concerning
appropriate corrective actions. If the Board of |
13 | | Education fails to
provide adequate assurance to the Authority |
14 | | that appropriate corrective
actions have been or will be |
15 | | taken, the Authority may, within 60 days
thereafter, require |
16 | | the board to adjust its current budget to correct for
the prior |
17 | | year's shortage or may recommend to the members of the General
|
18 | | Assembly and the Governor such sanctions or remedial actions |
19 | | as will serve
to deter any further such failures on the part of |
20 | | the Board of Education.
|
21 | | To assist the Authority in its monitoring |
22 | | responsibilities, the Board of
Education shall provide such |
23 | | reports and information as are from time to
time required by |
24 | | the Authority.
|
25 | | (G) Independent reviews of administrative expenditures. |
26 | | The School
Finance Authority may direct independent reviews of |
|
| | SB4056 | - 246 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | the administrative and
administrative support expenditures and |
2 | | services and other
non-instructional expenditure functions of |
3 | | the Board of Education. The
Board of Education shall afford |
4 | | full cooperation to the School Finance
Authority in such |
5 | | review activity. The purpose of such reviews shall be
to |
6 | | verify specific targets for improved operating efficiencies of |
7 | | the Board
of Education, to identify other areas of potential |
8 | | efficiencies, and to
assure full and proper compliance by the |
9 | | Board of Education with all
requirements of this Section.
|
10 | | In the conduct of reviews under this subsection, the |
11 | | Authority may
request the assistance and consultation of the |
12 | | State Superintendent of
Education with regard to questions of |
13 | | efficiency and effectiveness in
educational administration.
|
14 | | (H) Reports to Governor and General Assembly. On or before |
15 | | May 1, 1991
and no less frequently than yearly thereafter, the |
16 | | School Finance Authority
shall provide to the Governor, the |
17 | | State Board of Education, and the
members of the General |
18 | | Assembly an annual report, as outlined in Section
34A-606, |
19 | | which includes the following information: (1) documenting the
|
20 | | compliance or non-compliance of the Board of Education with |
21 | | the
requirements of this Section; (2) summarizing the costs, |
22 | | findings, and
recommendations of any reviews directed by the |
23 | | School Finance Authority,
and the response to such |
24 | | recommendations made by the Board of Education;
and (3) |
25 | | recommending sanctions or legislation necessary to fulfill the
|
26 | | intent of this Section.
|
|
| | SB4056 | - 247 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | (Source: P.A. 100-465, eff. 8-31-17.)
|
2 | | (105 ILCS 5/Art. 1F rep.)
|
3 | | (105 ILCS 5/2-3.33a rep.)
|
4 | | (105 ILCS 5/2-3.123 rep.)
|
5 | | (105 ILCS 5/2-3.128 rep.)
|
6 | | (105 ILCS 5/2-3.171 rep.) |
7 | | (105 ILCS 5/2-3.172 rep.)
|
8 | | (105 ILCS 5/17-11.2 rep.)
|
9 | | (105 ILCS 5/18-8.10 rep.) |
10 | | (105 ILCS 5/21-5e rep.)
|
11 | | (105 ILCS 5/34-83 rep.)
|
12 | | Section 25. The School Code is amended by repealing |
13 | | Article 1F and Sections 2-3.33a, 2-3.123, 2-3.128, 2-3.171, |
14 | | 2-3.172, 17-11.2, 18-8.10, 21-5e, and 34-83. |
15 | | Section 30. The School Safety Drill Act is amended by |
16 | | changing Sections 5 and 45 as follows: |
17 | | (105 ILCS 128/5)
|
18 | | Sec. 5. Definitions. In this Act: |
19 | | "First responder" means and includes all fire departments |
20 | | and districts, law enforcement agencies and officials, |
21 | | emergency medical responders, and emergency management |
22 | | officials involved in the execution and documentation of the |
23 | | drills administered under this Act. |
|
| | SB4056 | - 248 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | "School" means a public or private facility that offers |
2 | | elementary or secondary education to students under the age of |
3 | | 21 , a charter school authorized by the State Board of |
4 | | Education, or a special education cooperative . As used in this |
5 | | definition, "public facility" means a facility operated by the |
6 | | State or by a unit of local government. As used in this |
7 | | definition, "private facility" means any non-profit, |
8 | | non-home-based, non-public elementary or secondary school that |
9 | | is in compliance with Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 |
10 | | and attendance at which satisfies the requirements of Section |
11 | | 26-1 of the School Code. While more than one school may be |
12 | | housed in a facility, for purposes of this Act, the facility |
13 | | shall be considered a school. When a school has more than one |
14 | | location, for purposes of this Act, each different location |
15 | | shall be considered its own school. |
16 | | "School safety drill" means a pre-planned exercise |
17 | | conducted by a school in accordance with the drills and |
18 | | requirements set forth in this Act.
|
19 | | (Source: P.A. 94-600, eff. 8-16-05.) |
20 | | (105 ILCS 128/45) |
21 | | Sec. 45. Threat assessment procedure. |
22 | | (a) Each school district must implement a threat |
23 | | assessment procedure that may be part of a school board policy |
24 | | on targeted school violence prevention. The procedure must |
25 | | include the creation of a threat assessment team. The team |
|
| | SB4056 | - 249 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | must include all of the following members: |
2 | | (1) An administrator employed by the school district |
3 | | or a special education cooperative that serves the school |
4 | | district and is available to serve. |
5 | | (2) A teacher employed by the school district or a |
6 | | special education cooperative that serves the school |
7 | | district and is available to serve. |
8 | | (3) A school counselor employed by the school district |
9 | | or a special education cooperative that serves the school |
10 | | district and is available to serve. |
11 | | (4) A school psychologist employed by the school |
12 | | district or a special education cooperative that serves |
13 | | the school district and is available to serve. |
14 | | (5) A school social worker employed by the school |
15 | | district or a special education cooperative that serves |
16 | | the school district and is available to serve. |
17 | | (6) At least one law enforcement official. |
18 | | If a school district is unable to establish a threat |
19 | | assessment team with school district staff and resources, it |
20 | | may utilize a regional behavioral threat assessment and |
21 | | intervention team that includes mental health professionals |
22 | | and representatives from the State, county, and local law |
23 | | enforcement agencies. |
24 | | (b) A school district shall establish the threat |
25 | | assessment team under this Section no later than 180 days |
26 | | after the effective date of this amendatory Act of the 101st |
|
| | SB4056 | - 250 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | General Assembly and must implement an initial threat |
2 | | assessment procedure no later than 120 days after the |
3 | | effective date of this amendatory Act of the 101st General |
4 | | Assembly. |
5 | | (c) Any sharing of student information under this Section |
6 | | must comply with the federal Family Educational Rights and |
7 | | Privacy Act of 1974 and the Illinois School Student Records |
8 | | Act.
|
9 | | (d) A charter school must follow the threat assessment |
10 | | procedures implemented by its authorizing school district or |
11 | | must implement its own threat assessment procedure that |
12 | | complies with this Section. |
13 | | (Source: P.A. 101-455, eff. 8-23-19.) |
14 | | Section 35. The College and Career Success for All |
15 | | Students Act is amended by changing Section 25 as follows: |
16 | | (105 ILCS 302/25) |
17 | | Sec. 25. AP exam fee reduction waiver program. Subject to |
18 | | appropriation, the State Board of Education shall create, |
19 | | under the College and Career Success for All Students program |
20 | | set forth in this Act, a program in public schools where any |
21 | | student who qualifies for free or reduced-price lunches will |
22 | | have fees charged by the College Board for Advanced Placement |
23 | | exams reduced, via State subsidy, to the greatest extent |
24 | | possible based on the appropriation.
|
|
| | SB4056 | - 251 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | (Source: P.A. 102-16, eff. 6-17-21.) |
2 | | Section 40. The Illinois Educational Labor Relations Act |
3 | | is amended by changing Section 2 as follows:
|
4 | | (115 ILCS 5/2) (from Ch. 48, par. 1702)
|
5 | | Sec. 2. Definitions. As used in this Act:
|
6 | | (a) "Educational employer"
or "employer" means the |
7 | | governing body of a public school district, including the |
8 | | governing body of a charter school established under Article |
9 | | 27A of the School Code or of a contract school or contract |
10 | | turnaround school established under paragraph 30 of Section |
11 | | 34-18 of the School Code, combination
of public school |
12 | | districts, including the governing body of joint agreements
of |
13 | | any type formed by 2 or more school districts, public |
14 | | community college
district or State college or university, a |
15 | | subcontractor of instructional services of a school district |
16 | | (other than a school district organized under Article 34 of |
17 | | the School Code), combination of school districts, charter |
18 | | school established under Article 27A of the School Code, or |
19 | | contract school or contract turnaround school established |
20 | | under paragraph 30 of Section 34-18 of the School Code, an |
21 | | Independent Authority created under Section 2-3.25f-5 of the |
22 | | School Code, and any State agency whose major
function is |
23 | | providing educational services.
"Educational employer" or |
24 | | "employer" does not include (1) a Financial Oversight
Panel |
|
| | SB4056 | - 252 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | created pursuant to Section 1A-8 of the School Code due to a
|
2 | | district
violating a financial plan or (2) an approved |
3 | | nonpublic special education facility that contracts with a |
4 | | school district or combination of school districts to provide |
5 | | special education services pursuant to Section 14-7.02 of the |
6 | | School Code, but does include a School Finance Authority
|
7 | | created
under Article 1E or 1F of the School Code and a |
8 | | Financial Oversight Panel created under Article 1B or 1H of |
9 | | the School Code. The change made by this amendatory Act of the |
10 | | 96th General Assembly to this paragraph (a) to make clear that |
11 | | the governing body of a charter school is an "educational |
12 | | employer" is declaratory of existing law.
|
13 | | (b) "Educational employee" or "employee" means any |
14 | | individual, excluding
supervisors, managerial, confidential, |
15 | | short term employees, student, and
part-time academic |
16 | | employees of community colleges employed full or part
time by |
17 | | an educational employer, but shall not include elected |
18 | | officials
and appointees of the Governor with the advice and |
19 | | consent of the Senate,
firefighters as defined by subsection |
20 | | (g-1) of Section 3 of the Illinois
Public Labor Relations Act, |
21 | | and peace officers employed by a State
university. For the |
22 | | purposes of this Act, part-time
academic employees of |
23 | | community colleges shall be defined as those
employees who |
24 | | provide less than 3 credit hours of instruction per
academic
|
25 | | semester. In this subsection (b), the term "student" does not |
26 | | include
graduate students who are research assistants |
|
| | SB4056 | - 253 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | primarily
performing duties that involve research, graduate |
2 | | assistants primarily
performing duties that are |
3 | | pre-professional, graduate
students who are teaching |
4 | | assistants primarily performing duties that
involve the |
5 | | delivery and support of instruction, or any other graduate
|
6 | | assistants.
|
7 | | (c) "Employee organization" or "labor organization" means |
8 | | an organization
of any kind in which membership includes |
9 | | educational employees, and which
exists for the purpose, in |
10 | | whole or in part, of dealing with employers
concerning |
11 | | grievances, employee-employer disputes, wages, rates of pay,
|
12 | | hours of employment, or conditions of work, but shall not |
13 | | include any
organization which practices discrimination in |
14 | | membership because of race,
color, creed, age, gender, |
15 | | national origin or political affiliation.
|
16 | | (d) "Exclusive representative" means the labor |
17 | | organization which has
been designated by the Illinois |
18 | | Educational Labor Relations Board as the
representative of the |
19 | | majority of educational employees in an appropriate
unit, or |
20 | | recognized by an educational employer prior to January 1, 1984 |
21 | | as
the exclusive representative of the employees in an |
22 | | appropriate unit or,
after January 1, 1984, recognized by an |
23 | | employer upon evidence that the
employee organization has been |
24 | | designated as the exclusive representative
by a majority of |
25 | | the employees in an appropriate unit.
|
26 | | (e) "Board" means the Illinois Educational Labor Relations |
|
| | SB4056 | - 254 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | Board.
|
2 | | (f) "Regional Superintendent" means the regional |
3 | | superintendent of
schools provided for in Articles 3 and 3A of |
4 | | The School Code.
|
5 | | (g) "Supervisor" means any individual having authority in |
6 | | the interests
of the employer to hire, transfer, suspend, lay |
7 | | off, recall, promote,
discharge, reward or discipline other |
8 | | employees within the appropriate
bargaining unit and adjust |
9 | | their grievances, or to effectively recommend
such action if |
10 | | the exercise of such authority is not of a merely routine or
|
11 | | clerical nature but requires the use of independent judgment. |
12 | | The term
"supervisor" includes only those individuals who |
13 | | devote a preponderance of
their employment time to such |
14 | | exercising authority.
|
15 | | (h) "Unfair labor practice" or "unfair practice" means any |
16 | | practice
prohibited by Section 14 of this Act.
|
17 | | (i) "Person" includes an individual, educational employee, |
18 | | educational
employer, legal representative, or employee |
19 | | organization.
|
20 | | (j) "Wages" means salaries or other forms of compensation |
21 | | for services
rendered.
|
22 | | (k) "Professional employee" means, in the case of a public |
23 | | community
college, State college or university, State agency |
24 | | whose major function is
providing educational services, the |
25 | | Illinois School for the Deaf, and the
Illinois School for the |
26 | | Visually Impaired, (1) any employee engaged in work
(i) |
|
| | SB4056 | - 255 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | predominantly intellectual and varied in character as opposed |
2 | | to
routine mental, manual, mechanical, or physical work; (ii) |
3 | | involving the
consistent exercise of discretion and judgment |
4 | | in its performance; (iii) of
such character that the output |
5 | | produced or the result accomplished cannot
be standardized in |
6 | | relation to a given period of time; and (iv) requiring
|
7 | | knowledge of an advanced type in a field of science or learning |
8 | | customarily
acquired by a prolonged course of specialized |
9 | | intellectual instruction and
study in an institution of higher |
10 | | learning or a hospital, as distinguished
from a general |
11 | | academic education or from an apprenticeship or from training
|
12 | | in the performance of routine mental, manual, or physical |
13 | | processes; or
(2) any employee, who (i) has completed the |
14 | | courses of specialized
intellectual instruction and study |
15 | | described in clause (iv) of paragraph
(1) of this subsection, |
16 | | and (ii) is performing related work under the
supervision of a |
17 | | professional person to qualify himself or herself to
become a |
18 | | professional as defined in paragraph (l).
|
19 | | (l) "Professional employee" means, in the case of any |
20 | | public school
district, or combination of school districts |
21 | | pursuant to joint agreement,
any employee who has a license |
22 | | certificate issued under Article 21B 21 or Section 34-83
of |
23 | | the School Code , as now or hereafter amended .
|
24 | | (m) "Unit" or "bargaining unit" means any group of |
25 | | employees for which
an exclusive representative is selected.
|
26 | | (n) "Confidential employee" means an employee, who (i) in |
|
| | SB4056 | - 256 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
|
1 | | the regular
course of his or her duties, assists and acts in a |
2 | | confidential capacity to
persons who formulate, determine and |
3 | | effectuate management policies with
regard to labor relations |
4 | | or who (ii) in the regular course of his or her
duties has |
5 | | access to information relating to the effectuation or review |
6 | | of
the employer's collective bargaining policies.
|
7 | | (o) "Managerial employee" means an individual who is |
8 | | engaged
predominantly in executive and management functions |
9 | | and is charged with the
responsibility of directing the |
10 | | effectuation of such management policies and
practices.
|
11 | | (p) "Craft employee" means a skilled journeyman, craft |
12 | | person, and his
or her apprentice or helper.
|
13 | | (q) "Short-term employee" is an employee who is employed |
14 | | for less than
2 consecutive calendar quarters during a |
15 | | calendar year and who does not
have a reasonable expectation |
16 | | that he or she will be rehired by the same
employer for the |
17 | | same service in a subsequent calendar year. Nothing in
this |
18 | | subsection shall affect the employee status of individuals who |
19 | | were
covered by a collective bargaining agreement on the |
20 | | effective date of this
amendatory Act of 1991.
|
21 | | (Source: P.A. 101-380, eff. 1-1-20 .)
|
22 | | Section 99. Effective date. This Act takes effect upon |
23 | | becoming law.
|
| | | SB4056 | - 257 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
| 1 | |
INDEX
| 2 | |
Statutes amended in order of appearance
| | 3 | | P.A. 102-466, Sec. 99 | | | 4 | | 35 ILCS 200/18-50.1 | | | 5 | | 35 ILCS 200/18-241 | | | 6 | | 40 ILCS 5/17-130 | from Ch. 108 1/2, par. 17-130 | | 7 | | 105 ILCS 5/1A-4 | from Ch. 122, par. 1A-4 | | 8 | | 105 ILCS 5/1B-6 | from Ch. 122, par. 1B-6 | | 9 | | 105 ILCS 5/1B-7.10 | | | 10 | | 105 ILCS 5/1B-8 | from Ch. 122, par. 1B-8 | | 11 | | 105 ILCS 5/1E-35 | | | 12 | | 105 ILCS 5/1E-40 | | | 13 | | 105 ILCS 5/1H-30 | | | 14 | | 105 ILCS 5/2-3.9 | from Ch. 122, par. 2-3.9 | | 15 | | 105 ILCS 5/2-3.11d | | | 16 | | 105 ILCS 5/2-3.25i | from Ch. 122, par. 2-3.25i | | 17 | | 105 ILCS 5/2-3.103 | from Ch. 122, par. 2-3.103 | | 18 | | 105 ILCS 5/2-3.146 | | | 19 | | 105 ILCS 5/10-21.7 | from Ch. 122, par. 10-21.7 | | 20 | | 105 ILCS 5/10-21.9 | from Ch. 122, par. 10-21.9 | | 21 | | 105 ILCS 5/10-22.18 | from Ch. 122, par. 10-22.18 | | 22 | | 105 ILCS 5/10-22.23 | from Ch. 122, par. 10-22.23 | | 23 | | 105 ILCS 5/10-22.23a | from Ch. 122, par. 10-22.23a | | 24 | | 105 ILCS 5/10-22.24a | from Ch. 122, par. 10-22.24a | | 25 | | 105 ILCS 5/10-22.34 | from Ch. 122, par. 10-22.34 | |
| | | SB4056 | - 258 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
| 1 | | 105 ILCS 5/10-22.34a | from Ch. 122, par. 10-22.34a | | 2 | | 105 ILCS 5/10-22.34b | from Ch. 122, par. 10-22.34b | | 3 | | 105 ILCS 5/10-29 | | | 4 | | 105 ILCS 5/13B-25.20 | | | 5 | | 105 ILCS 5/13B-65 | | | 6 | | 105 ILCS 5/13B-65.5 | | | 7 | | 105 ILCS 5/14-1.09b | | | 8 | | 105 ILCS 5/14-1.09.1 | | | 9 | | 105 ILCS 5/14-1.09.2 | | | 10 | | 105 ILCS 5/14-6.04 | | | 11 | | 105 ILCS 5/14-7.05 | | | 12 | | 105 ILCS 5/14-8.02d | | | 13 | | 105 ILCS 5/14-9.01 | from Ch. 122, par. 14-9.01 | | 14 | | 105 ILCS 5/14-17 | | | 15 | | 105 ILCS 5/18-8.15 | | | 16 | | 105 ILCS 5/21B-20 | | | 17 | | 105 ILCS 5/22-81 | | | 18 | | 105 ILCS 5/27-23.12 | | | 19 | | 105 ILCS 5/34-1.1 | from Ch. 122, par. 34-1.1 | | 20 | | 105 ILCS 5/34-2.3 | from Ch. 122, par. 34-2.3 | | 21 | | 105 ILCS 5/34-2.4a | from Ch. 122, par. 34-2.4a | | 22 | | 105 ILCS 5/34-8.1 | from Ch. 122, par. 34-8.1 | | 23 | | 105 ILCS 5/34-18 | from Ch. 122, par. 34-18 | | 24 | | 105 ILCS 5/34-18.5 | from Ch. 122, par. 34-18.5 | | 25 | | 105 ILCS 5/34-18.10 | from Ch. 122, par. 34-18.10 | | 26 | | 105 ILCS 5/34-43.1 | from Ch. 122, par. 34-43.1 | |
| | | SB4056 | - 259 - | LRB102 25878 CMG 35234 b |
|
| 1 | | 105 ILCS 5/Art. 1F rep. | | | 2 | | 105 ILCS 5/2-3.33a rep. | | | 3 | | 105 ILCS 5/2-3.123 rep. | | | 4 | | 105 ILCS 5/2-3.128 rep. | | | 5 | | 105 ILCS 5/2-3.171 rep. | | | 6 | | 105 ILCS 5/2-3.172 rep. | | | 7 | | 105 ILCS 5/17-11.2 rep. | | | 8 | | 105 ILCS 5/18-8.10 rep. | | | 9 | | 105 ILCS 5/21-5e rep. | | | 10 | | 105 ILCS 5/34-83 rep. | | | 11 | | 105 ILCS 128/5 | | | 12 | | 105 ILCS 128/45 | | | 13 | | 105 ILCS 302/25 | | | 14 | | 115 ILCS 5/2 | from Ch. 48, par. 1702 |
|
|